WO2024049121A1 - Medicament delivery device - Google Patents

Medicament delivery device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024049121A1
WO2024049121A1 PCT/KR2023/012662 KR2023012662W WO2024049121A1 WO 2024049121 A1 WO2024049121 A1 WO 2024049121A1 KR 2023012662 W KR2023012662 W KR 2023012662W WO 2024049121 A1 WO2024049121 A1 WO 2024049121A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
space
main body
plunger
partition
receiving
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2023/012662
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
쥐 웰스포드이안
네프제임스
테리조쉬
Original Assignee
이오플로우㈜
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 이오플로우㈜ filed Critical 이오플로우㈜
Publication of WO2024049121A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024049121A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/142Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/165Filtering accessories, e.g. blood filters, filters for infusion liquids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/19Syringes having more than one chamber, e.g. including a manifold coupling two parallelly aligned syringes through separate channels to a common discharge assembly
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/31Details
    • A61M5/315Pistons; Piston-rods; Guiding, blocking or restricting the movement of the rod or piston; Appliances on the rod for facilitating dosing ; Dosing mechanisms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/36Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests with means for eliminating or preventing injection or infusion of air into body

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a drug injection device.
  • a drug injection device is used to directly inject drugs into a patient's body or to fill a device that directly injects drugs into a patient's body.
  • These drug injection devices are sometimes used by professional medical staff such as doctors and nurses, but in most cases, they are used by the general public such as patients themselves or their guardians.
  • the drug is first freeze-dried and mixed with other drugs, sap, or distilled water immediately before injection and then injected.
  • Examples of conventional methods of mixing drugs are as follows. Poke the syringe injection needle into a container such as a bag or vial containing liquid medicine, intravenous fluid, or distilled water, puncture the container, inhale the contents inside the container into the syringe, and then inject. Remove the needle from the container. Then, the needle of the syringe is pierced into another container containing the medicine in liquid or powder form, puncturing the other container, and the liquid medicine, sap or distilled water inside the syringe is injected into the other container. Shake to mix the contents inside. After mixing is completed, the mixed solution in the other container is inhaled and received into the syringe through a needle, and then the needle is withdrawn from the other container.
  • a container such as a bag or vial containing liquid medicine, intravenous fluid, or distilled water
  • the technical problem to be achieved by the present invention is that the main body forms a first space and a second space partitioned from the first space, and as the plunger part moves, the first space and the second space are selectively communicated, so that they are located in different spaces.
  • a drug injection device capable of selectively mixing substances is provided.
  • One aspect of the present invention includes a main body in which a first space capable of accommodating a first material and a second space capable of accommodating a second material and separated from the first space are formed; a plunger portion inserted into one side of the main body and movable in a preset section; and a filter unit disposed on a path that communicates the internal space of the main body with the external space, and selectively discharges gas contained in at least one of the first material and the second material, wherein the plunger portion moves. Accordingly, a drug injection device is provided, wherein the first space and the second space are selectively communicated.
  • the main body portion has an opening formed on one side and a receiving body formed in the shape of a hollow tube; and a partition portion that is movable while in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body and selectively partitions the first region and the second region.
  • a bypass portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body and having the shape of a groove may be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body.
  • the length of the bypass portion may be relatively longer than the length along which the partition portion extends.
  • it may further include an injection unit that is connected to the receiving body and the filter unit, respectively, and provides an discharge path for at least one of the first material and the second material accommodated in the receiving body.
  • an injection hole part and an exhaust hole part communicating with the internal space of the main body part are formed on one side of the injection part and the other side opposite to the one side, respectively, and one surface of the injection part where the exhaust hole part is formed is in surface contact with the filter part. can do.
  • it may further include a receiving portion that is movable while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion and has a hollow interior.
  • the plunger portion includes: a first plunger located inside the main body portion and selectively communicating between the inner space of the accommodating portion and the inner space of the main body portion as it advances toward the accommodating portion; and a second plunger that discharges the first material and the second material accommodated in the inner space of the container and the inner space of the main body to the outside of the main body as it advances toward the side of the accommodating part. .
  • the first plunger includes a sliding body movable on the second plunger; and a partition part connected to the sliding main body and capable of selectively making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving part as the sliding main body moves.
  • the second plunger may have a rail portion formed in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion to provide a movement path for the first plunger.
  • the second plunger may have a filter seating portion on one end adjacent to the receiving portion formed in the shape of a groove into which the filter portion can be seated.
  • the main body includes a receiving body having an opening formed on one side and a hollow interior; and a first partition portion that is movable and in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body, and in which a communication passage connecting the first space and the second space is formed.
  • the first partition portion includes a partition body that is in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion and is disposed between the first space and the second space; and a film portion in surface contact with one surface of the compartment main body facing the plunger portion.
  • the plunger unit includes a first plunger including a needle capable of penetrating the film as it advances toward the first compartment, and the needle may share a longitudinal central axis with the communication passage.
  • the drug injection device includes a partition portion that selectively communicates different spaces of the main body portion depending on the position of the plunger portion, so that different substances accommodated in the main body portion can be mixed just by manipulating the plunger portion. It has an easy effect.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 2 is an exploded view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 1.
  • Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II' in Figure 1.
  • Figures 5A to 5C are diagrams for explaining the state of use of the drug injection device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is an enlarged view of part A of Figure 3.
  • Figure 7 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III' in Figure 7.
  • Figure 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV' in Figure 7.
  • Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line V-V' of Figure 7.
  • Figure 11 is a diagram for explaining the use state of the plunger portion according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figures 12A to 12E are diagrams for explaining the use state of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is an exploded view to explain the combined state of the receiving body, the first plunger, and the second plunger of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is an exploded view of part B of Figure 13 enlarged.
  • Figure 15 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI' in Figure 15.
  • Figure 17 is an enlarged view of part C of Figure 16.
  • Figures 18a, 18b, 19a, and 19b are diagrams for explaining the use state of the drug injection device according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is an exploded view for explaining the combined state of the receiving body, the first plunger, and the second plunger of the drug injection device according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • a specific process sequence may be performed differently from the described sequence.
  • two processes described in succession may be performed substantially at the same time, or may be performed in an order opposite to that in which they are described.
  • Drug injection devices relate to devices in which two or more substances contained in the drug injection device are mixed/combined and injected to the outside as the plunger portion, which will be described later, moves.
  • the space where different substances are located is selectively communicated, causing the different substances to mix/combine, and as the plunger part moves beyond the preset area, the mixing/combination occurs.
  • the material is injected to the outside.
  • drug injection devices simultaneously implement a mixing/compound mechanism and an infusing mechanism, and the related description is provided in detail in this specification.
  • the ‘first material (M1)’ and the ‘second material (M2)’ may be formed of different materials.
  • one of the 'first material (M1)' and the 'second material (M2)' may be formed of a liquid such as an aqueous solution, and the other may be a freeze-dried drug.
  • the 'first material (M1)' and 'second material (M2)' may be made of various materials that the drug injection device can accommodate.
  • 'medication solution' can be interpreted as a mixture or compound of a drug and a liquid.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 2 is an exploded view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 1.
  • Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II' in Figure 1.
  • Figures 5A to 5C are diagrams for explaining the state of use of the drug injection device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is an enlarged view of part A of Figure 3.
  • the drug injection device 1 includes a main body 1100, an injection part 1200, a filter part, a plunger part 1400, and a housing part 1500. ) may include.
  • the main body 1100 has a first space (S1) that can accommodate the first material (M1) and a second space (S2) that can accommodate the second material (M2) and is separated from the first space (S1). It may include a receiving body 1110 and a partition 1120.
  • the receiving body 1110 may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube with an opening (hereinafter referred to as 'front opening 1115h') formed on one side.
  • the receiving body 1110 is formed in the shape of a hollow tube, and a front opening 1115h is formed at one end connected to the injection unit 1200, and at the other end opposite to the one end.
  • a rear opening 1110h is formed.
  • a fastening portion 1115 may be formed to protrude from one end of the receiving body 1110 to be inserted into a fastening groove formed on one side of the injection portion 1200. Specifically, the fastening portion 1115 may protrude outward from one side of the receiving body 1110 facing the injection portion 1200.
  • grooves may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the fastening portion 1115.
  • the separate sealing member comes into close contact with the fastening groove of the injection unit 1200 and is seated in the groove, so that the chemical solution (DS) contained in the injection body 1210 is discharged to the outside through the injection unit 1200. It is possible to prevent the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the fastening part 1115 and the fastening groove.
  • the outer diameter of the fastening portion 1115 may be formed to be equal to or relatively larger than the inner diameter of the fastening groove portion.
  • the fastening part 1115 can be firmly fastened to the fastening groove in an interference fit manner, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking between the fastening part 1115 and the fastening groove.
  • a sealing groove portion (reference sign not specified) into which a sealing member (reference sign not specified) can be seated may be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the fastening portion 1115.
  • the sealing member seated in the sealing groove contacts the inner peripheral surface of the fastening part 1115 and the outer peripheral surface of the insertion part, which will be explained later, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the insertion part and the fastening part 1115. can do.
  • a rear opening 1110h may be formed at the other end opposite to one end of the receiving body 1110 facing the injection unit 1200.
  • the inner diameter of the rear opening 1110h may be the same as the inner diameter of the injection body 1210 forming the first space S1 and the second space S2.
  • a plunger portion 1400 is inserted into the rear opening 1110h of the receiving body 1110 and can move along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110.
  • the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110 may be the same as or relatively small as the outer diameter of the partition portion 1120 and the outer diameter of the head portion 1420, which will be described later.
  • the partition portion 1120 and the head portion 1420 which are formed of an elastic material, are able to make solid surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, so that the chemical solution (DS) is connected to the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and the partition portion ( Leakage into the space between 1120 or the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and the head portion 1420 can be prevented.
  • a bypass portion 1111 extending along the longitudinal direction of the accommodating body 1110 may be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the accommodating body 1110 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the bypass portion 1111 may be formed in the shape of a groove extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. Specifically, the inner diameter of one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed may be relatively larger than the inner diameter of one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is not formed.
  • the inner diameter of one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed may be relatively larger than the outer diameter of the partition portion 1120.
  • the circumferential length of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is located is relatively longer than the circumferential length of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving main body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is not located. It can be.
  • the length of the bypass portion 1111 may be relatively longer than the length of the partition portion 1120 extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. Specifically, the length of the bypass unit 1111 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 4) may be relatively longer than the length of the partition unit 1120 in the one direction. For this reason, referring to Figure 5b, when the partition 1120 moves along the one direction and is located between one end and the other end of the bypass part 1111, the first space partitioned by the partition 1120 ( S1) and the second space (S2) are communicated through the bypass part 1111, which has the effect of allowing liquid and drug to be mixed.
  • the partition 1120 when the partition 1120 is located between one end and the other end of the bypass part 1111, the first space S1 and the second space S2 are of the partition 1120. It may communicate through a space formed by the outer circumferential surface and the inner circumferential surface of the bypass portion 1111, through which the first material (M1) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second material (M1) accommodated in the second space (S2)
  • the substance M2 may be mixed through a space formed by the outer peripheral surface of the partition 1120 and the inner peripheral surface of the bypass unit 1111 to generate the chemical solution DS.
  • a plurality of bypass parts 1111 may be provided, and the plurality of bypass parts 1111 may be a groove portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110 on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110. It is formed in a shape and can be arranged at a preset angle based on the longitudinal central axis of the receiving body 1110.
  • the plurality of bypass parts 1111 are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 in the shape of a groove extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110, and are formed in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 4). It can be placed spaced apart.
  • a plurality of partition units 1120 are provided to divide the internal space of the receiving body 1110 into three or more spaces. As the plurality of partition units 1120 move, three or more partitions 1120 are accommodated in three or more spaces. Different substances may be mixed with each other through the bypass unit 1111.
  • the partition 1120 is movable while making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, and can selectively partition the first space (S1) and the second space (S2). You can.
  • the partition 1120 may be formed in a cylindrical shape so that the outer peripheral surface can be in surface contact with the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110, but it is not limited thereto, and the cross section of the partition 1120 is the receiving body 1110. It may be formed to correspond to the shape of the inner peripheral surface of (1110).
  • the outer diameter of the partition 1120 may be the same as the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110, specifically, the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110 in which the bypass portion 1111 is not formed, or may be formed to be relatively large.
  • the partition 1120 makes surface contact with the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is not formed by force fitting, so that the internal space of the receiving body 1110 with respect to the partition 1120 is It may be divided into a first space (S1) and a second space (S2).
  • the plunger portion 1400 does not move, the first material (M1) and the second material accommodated inside the receiving body (1110) are separated by the partition portion (1120) to prevent them from mixing with each other. You can.
  • the circumferential length of the outer peripheral surface of the partition portion 1120 may be relatively smaller than the circumferential length of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed.
  • the length that the partition portion 1120 extends along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110 may be formed to be relatively smaller than the length that the bypass portion 1111 extends along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. .
  • the partition unit 1120 advances to one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass unit 1111 is formed, the first space S1 and the second space S2 are formed where the bypass unit 1111 is formed.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and the inner peripheral surface of the partition 1120 may communicate through a space formed, and the first material M1 and the second material M2 may be mixed through the space.
  • the partition 1120 may be formed of an elastic material such as rubber. As a result, the outer circumferential surface of the partition 1120 and the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110 may come into close contact due to the elastic force of the partition 1120.
  • the injection unit 1200 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is connected to the receiving body 1110 and the filter portion, respectively, and the first filter received in the receiving body 1110
  • An discharge path for at least one of the material M1 and the second material M2 may be provided.
  • the injection unit 1200 may include an injection body 1210 that forms the exterior.
  • an injection hole 1210h is formed on one side of the injection unit 1200 and communicates with the internal space of the main body 1100, and on the other side opposite to the one side, the internal space of the main body 1100 is formed. and an exhaust hole portion 1214 that communicates with the injection hole portion 1210h, respectively, may be formed.
  • an inlet hole portion 1212 communicating with the internal space of the receiving body 1110 may be formed on one side of the injection body 1210 facing the receiving body 1110.
  • a flow path portion 1211 is formed inside the injection body 1210, and the flow path portion 1211 may include a first flow path 1211a and a second flow path 1211b that communicate with each other.
  • the first flow path (1211a) and the second flow path (1211b) provide a movement path (R_G) for the chemical liquid (DS) and the gas contained in the chemical liquid (DS) inside the injection body 1210.
  • (1211a) communicates the inlet hole portion 1212 and the second flow path 1211b
  • the second flow path 1211b communicates with the inlet hole portion 1212 and one side of the first flow path 1211a. That is, the flow path portion 1211 may be formed in a shape that communicates the injection hole portion 1210h, the inlet hole portion 1212, and the exhaust hole portion 1214 with each other.
  • the flow path portion 1211 may be formed in a 'T' shape, and an injection hole portion 1210h, an inlet hole portion 1212, and an exhaust hole portion 1214 may be formed at each end of the 'T' shape. You can.
  • first flow path (1211a) and the second flow path (1211b) may be connected at right angles to each other, but are not limited to this, and the first flow path (1211a) and the second flow path (1211b) may be connected at various angles. there is.
  • the first flow path 1211a may be connected to one side of the second flow path 1211b that is relatively closer to the exhaust hole portion 1214 than the injection hole portion 1210h.
  • An injection hole portion 1210h, an exhaust hole portion 1214, and an inlet hole portion 1212 are formed in different areas of the outer peripheral surface of the injection main body 1210, and the injection hole portion 1210h and the exhaust hole portion 1214 are formed in a second flow path ( 1211b), and the inlet hole portion 1212 and the second flow path 1211b may be communicated through the first flow path 1211a.
  • the injection hole portion 1210h communicates with the patient's body or an external device, and provides a path through which the drug solution (DS) contained in the drug injection device 1 is discharged to the outside.
  • the injection hole portion 1210h is a hole on one side of the injection body 1210. It can be formed in the shape of wealth.
  • the injection hole portion 1210h may be formed on the other side of the injection body 1210 opposite to one side of the injection body 1210 where the exhaust hole portion 1214 is formed.
  • the injection hole 1210h is formed on one side (lower side in FIG. 6) of the injection main body 1210, and the exhaust hole 1214 is formed on the other side of the injection main body 1210 ( Figure 6) opposite to the one side. It can be formed on the upper side of the reference. For this reason, when the drug injection device 1 is disposed so that the injection hole 1210h faces the ground and the drug solution DS is discharged, the gas G contained in the drug solution DS moves against the ground due to buoyancy. By moving in this direction, it can be separated from the chemical solution DS and exhausted to the outside through the exhaust hole 1214.
  • the injection hole portion 1210h and the exhaust hole portion 1214 may be formed at a preset interval on the injection body 1210.
  • the second flow path 1211b that communicates the injection hole 1210h and the exhaust hole 1214 can be formed to extend by the above-mentioned gap, so the inner space of the second flow path 1211b is filled with the chemical solution (DS) and the gas (G). ) can provide space for separation.
  • the second flow path 1211b may be formed in the shape of a straight pipe, and the injection hole portion 1210h and the exhaust hole portion 1214 may be formed on the longitudinal central axis of the second flow path 1211b.
  • one surface of the injection unit 1200 where the exhaust hole unit 1214 is formed may be in surface contact with the filter unit. A detailed explanation regarding the filter part will be provided later.
  • a filter seating unit 1215 on which the filter unit can be seated may be formed in the shape of a groove.
  • the inner diameter of the filter seating portion 1215 may be formed to be relatively larger than the inner diameter of the exhaust hole portion 1214, and the depth of the filter seating portion 1215 may be formed to be equal to or relatively larger than the thickness of the filter portion.
  • the filter portion may be in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the filter seating portion 1215, and an adhesive member (not shown) may be disposed between the filter portion and the filter seating portion 1215.
  • an adhesive member (not shown) may be disposed between the filter portion and the filter seating portion 1215.
  • the filter unit and the filter seating unit 1215 may be connected in various ways.
  • a fastening groove into which the fastening portion 1115 of the receiving body 1110 can be seated may be formed on one surface of the injection body 1210 facing the receiving body 1110.
  • the fastening groove may be formed on an area of the injection body 1210 where the inlet hole 1212 is formed.
  • the inner diameter of the fastening groove may be the same as the outer diameter of the fastening portion 1115 or may be relatively small. As a result, the fastening part 1115 is inserted into the fastening groove in an interference fit manner, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the fastening part 1115 and the fastening groove.
  • the inner diameter of the fastening groove may be formed to be relatively larger than the outer diameter of the fastening portion 1115.
  • an insertion portion insertable into one side of the receiving body 1110 may be formed to protrude, and the insertion portion may be arranged so that its outer peripheral surface faces the inner peripheral surface of the fastening groove.
  • the length at which the insertion part protrudes in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 3) may be relatively smaller than the depth of the fastening groove in one direction.
  • the outer diameter of the insertion portion may be the same as or relatively larger than the diameter of the front opening 1115h or the inner diameter of the fastening portion 1115.
  • the outer diameter of the insertion portion may be relatively larger than the diameter of the front opening 1115h or the inner diameter of the fastening portion 1115.
  • An inlet hole portion 1212 may be formed on one side of the insertion portion facing the receiving body 1110, and the insertion portion may be inserted into the front opening 1115h so that the inlet hole portion 1212 and the internal space of the receiving body 1110 may communicate. You can.
  • a groove (not shown) in which a separate sealing member can be seated may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the insertion part.
  • the sealing member seated in the groove is in close contact with the outer peripheral surface of the insertion portion and the inner peripheral surface of the fastening portion 1115, respectively, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the insertion portion and the fastening portion 1115.
  • the filter unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention is disposed on a path that communicates the inner space and the outer space of the main body portion 1100, and includes a first material (M1) and The gas (G) included in at least one of the second materials (M2) can be selectively discharged.
  • the filter unit can be in surface contact with one surface of the injection body 1210 where the exhaust hole 1214 is formed, and can selectively exhaust the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS.
  • one side of the filter unit may be inserted into the exhaust hole 1214 to the second flow path 1211b, and various modifications are made within the technical idea of limiting liquid from being discharged to the outside through the exhaust hole 1214. Implementation is possible.
  • the filter unit includes a polycarbonate membrane filter, a nylon membrane filter, a polysulfone membrane filter, a polyvinylidene fluoride membrane filter, and a cellulose acetate membrane filter ( It can be made of various filters that can selectively transmit gas (G), such as a cellulose acetate membrane filter and a polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter.
  • the chemical solution DS flowing into the second flow path 1211b through the inlet hole 1212 and the first flow path 1211a may include gas G.
  • the gas (G) flowing into the second flow path (1211b) moves toward the exhaust hole portion (1214), passes through the filter unit, and is exhausted to the outside.
  • the gas (G) is exhausted and the gas (G) saturation is reduced (DS). ) is discharged to the outside through the injection hole 1210h.
  • the plunger portion 1400 is inserted into one side of the main body 1100 and is movable in a preset section, and includes a rod portion 1410, It may include a head portion 1420.
  • the plunger part 1400 can move in a preset direction inside the receiving body 1110, and as the plunger part 1400 moves, the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) can be selectively communicated. there is.
  • the rod portion 1410 may be formed in the shape of a shaft, and one side of the rod portion 1410 may be inserted into the interior of the receiving body 1110 while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110.
  • the rod unit 1410 may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 1110, and the rod unit 1410 may be capable of sliding movement within the receiving body 1110 along the longitudinal central axis.
  • the other end opposite to one end of the rod part 1410 inserted into the receiving body 1110 may be connected to the cap part 1520, which will be described later. Due to this, when the user applies force to the cap part 1520 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 4), the rod part 1410 connected to the cap part 1520 moves in this one direction, and the head part 1420 and the chemical liquid Force can be transmitted to (DS).
  • the head portion 1420 is located inside the receiving body 1110 and can selectively contact the rod portion 1410 as the rod portion 1410 moves, and slides while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110. Movement is possible.
  • the head portion 1420 is located inside the receiving body 1110, and is located between an area of the receiving body 1110 where the partition 1120 and the rear opening 1110h are formed. can be placed. Through this, one side of the partition portion 1120, one side of the head portion 1420, and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 can form a second space S2, which is a closed space.
  • the head portion 1420 may be formed in a cylindrical shape, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and the cross section of the head portion 1420 may be formed to correspond to the shape of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110.
  • the outer diameter of the head portion 1420 may be the same as the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110 or may be formed to be relatively large. Due to this, the head portion 1420 can be forcefully fitted to the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and make surface contact, and through this, the first material (M1) or the second material (M2) accommodated in the receiving body 1110 is connected to the head portion. Leakage between (1420) and the receiving body (1110) can be prevented.
  • the head portion 1420 may be formed of an elastic material such as rubber. As a result, the outer peripheral surface of the head unit 1420 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 may be brought into close contact due to the elastic force of the head unit 1420.
  • the head portion 1420 and the partition portion 1120 may be formed in the same shape, but are not limited thereto.
  • the head portion 1420 is in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, and the receiving body 1110 It can be formed into various shapes within the technical idea of dividing the internal and external spaces of.
  • the head portion 1420 may be formed integrally with the rod portion 1410.
  • the housing portion 1500 forms the exterior of the drug injection device 1 and includes a housing body 1510 and a cap portion 1520. can do.
  • the housing body 1510 covers the injection unit 1200 and the main body 1100, and protects the injection unit 1200 and the main body 1100 from the outside, while also protecting the injection unit 1200 and the main body (1100). 1100) can be fixed in position.
  • a label opening 1510h may be formed in the shape of a hole on one surface of the housing main body 1510 corresponding to the area where the main body 1100 is located.
  • the user can check the operation of the main body 1100, the first material (M1) and the second material (M2), the degree of mixing of the chemical solution (DS), the remaining degree of the chemical solution (DS), etc. through the label opening 1510h. It can be observed.
  • a housing opening 1511 may be formed in the shape of a hole on one surface of the housing body 1510 corresponding to the area where the injection hole 1210h is located. As a result, one side of the injection main body 1210 where the injection hole 1210h is formed can be exposed to the outside through the housing opening 1511, so that the chemical solution DS enters the housing main body 1510 through the injection hole 1210h. may be discharged to the outside.
  • the cap portion 1520 may be connected to one end of the housing portion 1500 and the plunger portion 1400, respectively.
  • the cap portion 1520 may be connected to the housing portion 1500 to enable relative movement, and may be connected to the plunger portion 1400 in a fixed position. Due to this, when the user applies force to the cap portion 1520 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 3), the cap portion 1520 moves in the one direction while making surface contact with the housing portion 1500, and the cap portion 1520
  • the plunger portion 1400 which is fixedly connected to the surface, may also move in the one direction and apply pressure in the one direction to at least one of the first material M1, the second material M2, and the partition portion 1120.
  • the first space S1 and the second space S2 formed in the inner space of the main body 1100 are selectively formed as the plunger portion 1400 moves. It relates to a device in which substances contained in the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are mixed with each other.
  • the partition 1120 makes surface contact along the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, and divides the internal space of the receiving body 1110 into the first space S1 and the second space S1. It can be divided into space (S2).
  • the 'first space (S1)' can be interpreted as the internal space of the receiving body 1110 adjacent to the injection part 1200 based on the partition 1120
  • the 'second space (S2)' is The partition portion 1120 can be interpreted as the internal space of the receiving body 1110 adjacent to the plunger portion 1400.
  • the first space S1 may be formed by the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, one side of the partition 1120, and one side of the receiving body 1110 on which the front opening 1115h is formed, and the first space S1 A first material (M1) such as a liquid such as an aqueous solution may be accommodated.
  • M1 a first material such as a liquid such as an aqueous solution
  • the second space (S2) may be formed by the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110, the other side of the partition 1120, and one side of the head 1420.
  • the second space S2 includes drugs such as drugs.
  • a second material (M2) can be accommodated.
  • the diameter of the partition 1120 is the same as or relatively large than the diameter of the receiving body 1110, so that the outer peripheral surface of the partition 1120 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 can be firmly surface-contacted. As a result, the first space S1 and the second space S2 are partitioned, thereby limiting contact between the first material M1 and the second material M2.
  • the rod portion 1410 connected to the cap portion 1520 moves along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. .
  • one side of the rod portion 1410 is located inside the receiving body 1110 through the rear opening 1110h of the receiving body 1110, and the rod portion 1410 receives force from the cap portion 1520 and receives it. Inside the main body 1110, it moves along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110.
  • the rod portion 1410 moves along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110, one end of the rod portion 1410 contacts the head portion 1420 disposed between the partition portion 1120 and the rod portion 1410.
  • the rod portion 1410 and the receiving body 1110 can be moved integrally along the longitudinal direction.
  • the head portion 1420 may receive force from the rod portion 1410 and advance while making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110. As the head portion 1420 advances, the head portion 1420 and the partition portion ( The size of the second space S2 formed by 1120) is reduced. As a result, the second material M2 accommodated in the second space S2 is pushed toward the partition 1120, so that the partition 1120 can also advance in the same direction as the head part 1420.
  • the partition portion 1120 may receive force from the second material M2 and move to the area where the bypass portion 1111 is formed. Since the bypass portion 1111 is formed in the shape of a groove concave outward from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, the cross-sectional area of the internal space of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed is the partition area. It is relatively wider than the cross-sectional area of (1120).
  • the partition 1120 when the partition 1120 is located in the inner area of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is formed, the space formed by the outer peripheral surface of the partition 1120 and the inner peripheral surface of the bypass part 1111 As the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are communicated, the first material (M1) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second material (M2) accommodated in the second space (S2) can be mixed with each other.
  • the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) may be mixed through the bypass portion 1111 to generate a chemical solution (DS), and the plunger portion 1400 ) continues to advance along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110, the chemical solution (DS) accommodated inside the receiving body 1110 may be discharged to the outside of the receiving body 1110.
  • a chemical solution DS
  • the fastening portion 1115 of the receiving body 1110 is seated in the fastening groove and at the same time, the insertion portion of the injection body 1210 is inserted into the front opening 1115h of the receiving body 1110. , the receiving body 1110 and the injection body 1210 may be combined.
  • An injection hole 1210h is formed on one side of the injection body 1210 to provide a path through which the chemical solution DS is discharged, and an exhaust hole 1214 through which the gas G is exhausted is formed on the other side of the injection body 1210.
  • a first flow path 1211a and a second flow path 1211b communicating with the first flow path 1211a are formed inside the injection main body 1210, and the second flow path 1211b is connected to the injection hole 1210h and the exhaust. It is formed in the shape of a pipe communicating with the hole portion 1214, and the first flow path 1211a may be formed in the shape of a pipe communicating with one side of the inlet hole portion 1212 and the second flow path 1211b.
  • the chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the receiving body 1110 may flow into the first flow path 1211a through the inflow hole 1212 as the plunger part 1400 moves, and may flow into the first flow path 1211a.
  • the chemical solution DS moves to the second flow path 1211b.
  • the chemical solution (DS) moving to the second flow path (1211b) may include gas (G), and the gas (G) moves toward the exhaust hole portion 1214 and passes through the filter unit that selectively transmits the gas (G). It can be discharged to the outside, and the chemical solution (DS) that does not contain gas (G) or has a low gas (G) saturation does not pass through the filter unit and can be discharged to the outside through the injection hole portion (1210h).
  • the second flow path 1211b communicates with the exhaust hole 1214, which selectively allows only the gas G to pass through the filter unit, and the injection hole 1210h, which allows the chemical solution DS to be discharged, respectively, so that the gas movement path R_G ) and the movement path (R_DS) of the chemical solution can be provided at the same time.
  • the exhaust hole unit 1214 and the filter unit provide a gas movement path (R_G) that is distinct from the chemical liquid movement path (R_DS), thereby lowering the gas (G) saturation of the chemical liquid (DS), thereby increasing the gas (G) saturation. It can reduce the adverse effects that occur when a high chemical solution (DS) is injected into the patient's body.
  • Figure 7 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III' in Figure 7.
  • Figure 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV' in Figure 7.
  • Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line V-V' of Figure 7.
  • Figure 11 is a diagram for explaining the use state of the plunger portion according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figures 12A to 12E are diagrams for explaining the state of use of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is an exploded view to explain the combined state of the receiving body, the first plunger, and the second plunger of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is an exploded view of part B of Figure 13 enlarged.
  • the drug injection device 2 includes a main body portion 2100, a receiving portion 2200, a plunger portion 2300, and a filter portion 2600. can do.
  • the main body portion 2100 forms the exterior of the drug injection device 2 and may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube with an injection hole portion 2110 formed at one end.
  • the injection hole portion 2110 provides a discharge path through which the chemical solution (DS) contained within the main body portion 2100 is discharged to the outside.
  • the injection hole portion 2110 is the main body portion 2100 on which the plunger portion 2300 is disposed. ) may be formed in the shape of a hole portion on the other end opposite to one end of the.
  • a needle that communicates the internal space and external space of the main body 2100 may be inserted into the injection hole 2110.
  • the receiving part 2200 may be inserted into the main body 2100 while making surface contact along the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100, and one side of the plunger part 2300 may be inserted into the main body 2100. there is.
  • a passing groove 2120 may be formed on one inner surface of the main body 2100 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the passage groove 2120 may be formed in the shape of a groove that passes through the injection hole 2110. Specifically, the inner peripheral surface of the passage groove 2120 may be connected to the inner peripheral surface of the injection hole 2110, and the chemical solution (DS) may pass through. It may flow into the injection hole 2110 along the groove 2120 and be discharged to the outside.
  • DS chemical solution
  • the passage groove 2120 may be formed in the shape of a cross. However, it is not limited to this, and the passage groove 2120 is disposed to intersect the injection hole 2110 on one inner surface of the main body 2100 where the injection hole 2110 is formed, so that the chemical solution DS flows through the injection hole 2110. ) can be formed in various shapes within the technical idea of providing a discharge path to flow.
  • the partition portion 2420 which will be described later, is formed on one inner surface of the main body portion 2100 where the injection hole portion 2110 is formed. Even if surface contact is made, the passage groove portion 2120 communicates the internal space of the main body portion 2100 with the injection hole portion 2110, creating a path through which the chemical solution (DS) contained in the main body portion 2100 can be discharged to the outside. can be provided.
  • a first switch unit 2130 whose position can be selectively changed by receiving an external force may be disposed on one side of the main body unit 2100.
  • the first switch portion 2130 may be formed on one side of the main body portion 2100 facing the movement limiting portion 2432 of the first plunger 2400, which will be described later, and the main body portion ( 2100) can be formed by cutting one side into a 'U' shape.
  • a plurality of first switch units 2130 may be provided, and the plurality of first switch units 2130 may be arranged at a preset angle with respect to the longitudinal central axis of the main body 2100.
  • the first switch unit 2130 is disposed on one side of the main body 2100 facing the movement restriction unit 2432, and selectively operates with the movement restriction unit 2432 by receiving a force from the outside. It can be formed into various shapes within the technical ideas that can be contacted.
  • the receiving portion 2200 according to the second embodiment of the present invention is movable while making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, and may have a hollow interior.
  • the receiving part 2200 is formed in the shape of a hollow tube and may include a receiving body 2210 in surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100.
  • the receiving body 2210 may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube whose length is relatively shorter than the main body 2100, and the outer peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 is in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100, and the receiving body 2100
  • the inner peripheral surface of 2210 may be in surface contact with the partition portion 2420 and the head portion 2520, which will be described later.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 may be connected to the outer peripheral surface of the partition portion 2420 to enable sliding movement.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the partition portion 2420 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 and moves in one direction.
  • the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) can be communicated, and in this case, the movement of the partition 2420 does not affect the position of the receiving body 2210.
  • the receiving body 2210 may be disposed on one side of the main body 2100 where the injection hole 2110 is formed and the plunger 2300, and the second plunger 2500, which will be described later, is oriented in one direction (X based on FIG. 8). As it moves in the axial direction, the receiving body 2210 may selectively contact the second plunger 2500 and move in one direction together with the second plunger 2500.
  • a first sealing groove portion 2211a and a second sealing groove portion 2211b may be formed in the shape of a groove portion along the circumferential direction.
  • a sealing member (SL) may be seated in each of the first sealing groove portion (2211a) and the second sealing groove portion (2211b), and the sealing member (SL) contacts the receiving body 2210 and the main body portion 2100, respectively,
  • the fixing force between the outer peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 and the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100 can be strengthened.
  • the sealing member SL Even if friction occurs between the outer peripheral surface of the compartment 2420 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 as the partition 2420 moves while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210, it is accommodated by the sealing member SL.
  • the fixing force between the outer peripheral surface of the main body 2210 and the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100 is strengthened, so that the position of the receiving body 2210 can be fixed.
  • one sealing groove may be formed, but the present invention is not limited thereto and there is no limit to the number of sealing grooves.
  • the plunger portion 2300 according to the second embodiment of the present invention is inserted into one side of the main body 2100 and is movable in a preset section, and is connected to the first plunger. (2400), and may include a second plunger (2500).
  • the first plunger 2400 is located inside the main body 2100 and moves forward toward the receiving part 2200 to selectively communicate with the internal space of the receiving part 2200 and the internal space of the main body 2100. You can.
  • the first plunger 2400 may include a first rod portion 2410, a partition portion 2420, a sliding body 2430, and an elastic member 2440.
  • the first rod portion 2410 may be formed in the shape of a shaft extending along the longitudinal central axis of the main body portion 2100.
  • One end of the first rod 2410 may be connected to the partition 2420, and the other end may be connected to the sliding body 2430.
  • the first rod portion 2410 may be disposed to penetrate the second plunger 2500, and the first rod portion 2410 may be positioned relative to the second plunger 2500. It can be connected to enable movement. Specifically, the first rod 2410 may penetrate the protrusion 2513 and the head 2520 at the same time, and the first rod 2410 may move relative to the protrusion 2513 and the head 2520, respectively. Possibly connected.
  • first rod portion 2410 is connected to the partition portion 2420, and the first rod portion 2410 is connected to the second plunger 2500, specifically the second rod portion 2510 and the head portion 2520. ) can be connected to the sliding body 2430.
  • the sliding body 2430 moves in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8) along the second rod portion 2510, it is connected to the sliding body 2430 and the second plunger 2500 )
  • the first rod portion 2410 penetrating can advance in one direction without affecting the position of the second plunger 2500, and the partition portion 2420 can also advance integrally with the first rod portion 2410. You can.
  • the partition 2420 and the receiving body 2210 are spaced apart, so that the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are communicated, so that the first material (M1) and the second material ( This has the effect of making mixing of M2) possible.
  • the partition 2420 according to the second embodiment of the present invention is connected to the sliding body 2430, and as the sliding body 2430 moves, the receiving portion 2200 It is possible to selectively contact the circumference of the inner surface of the surface.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the compartment 2420 is movable while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210.
  • a groove (reference symbol not set) into which a separate sealing member (SL) can be seated may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the partition 2420.
  • the sealing member SL may be seated in the groove and contact the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210.
  • the sealing member (SL) restricts the movement of materials between the inside and outside of the receiving body 2210, so that when the plunger portion 2300 does not move, the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) Mixing may be limited.
  • the sliding body 2430 is movable on the second plunger 2500 and can be connected to the first rod portion 2410 while sharing a longitudinal central axis.
  • the sliding body 2430 may be capable of sliding movement along the rail portion 2511 formed on the second rod portion 2510.
  • the rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a slot extending along the longitudinal central axis of the second rod portion 2510, and the sliding body 2430 is inserted into the slot-shaped rail portion 2511. It is possible to slide along the longitudinal direction of the second rod unit 2510.
  • one surface of the sliding body 2430 can move while making surface contact with one surface of the second rod part 2510 on which the rail part 2511 is formed.
  • At least one wing portion 2431 capable of selectively contacting one side of the main body portion 2100 may be formed on one side of the sliding body 2430.
  • the wing portion 2431 may be located on one side of the sliding main body 2430 that faces one side of the main body portion 2100 where the first switch portion 2130 is located.
  • the wing portion 2431 may be formed in a shape in which one surface of the sliding body 2430 is cut into a 'U' shape.
  • One end of the wing portion 2431 is fixed to the sliding body 2430, and the other end of the wing portion 2431 may be spaced apart from the sliding body 2430 by a preset distance.
  • the wing portion 2431 may be formed in a shape that can be deformed so that it is bent toward the central axis in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 2100 when receiving force from the outside.
  • the wing portion 2431 may be in surface contact with the main body portion 2100, specifically the first switch portion 2130, and when the first switch portion 2130 is bent inward by applying an external force, the first switch portion 2130 The wing portion 2431 in surface contact with 2130 may be bent inward by receiving an external force from the first switch portion 2130.
  • a movement restriction portion 2432 may be formed to protrude outward on one side of the wing portion 2431. Specifically, on one side of the wing portion 2431, a movement restriction portion 2432 may be formed to protrude in the side direction of the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100 to form a step.
  • the movement limiting part 2432 is in surface contact with the first switch part 2130, and the step formed by the moving limiting part 2432 is the main body forming the first switch part 2130. It can be in surface contact with the cutting surface of unit 2100.
  • the movement restriction unit 2432 is in surface contact with one inner surface of the first switch unit 2130, and the step formed by the movement restriction unit 2432 faces the side of the first switch unit 2130. It can be contacted/fastened with one side of the main body 2100.
  • the step formed by the movement limiting part 2432 comes into surface contact/fastening with one side of the main body part 2100 facing the side of the first switch part 2130, so that the sliding main body 2430 is connected to the partition part 2420. Movement in the lateral direction can be restricted.
  • the movement limiter 2432 in surface contact with the first switch unit 2130 also moves inward, and the movement limiter 2432 is moved inward. It may be spaced apart from one side of the main body portion 2100 facing the side of the first switch portion 2130.
  • the movement limiter 2432 and one surface of the main body 2100 can be spaced apart to selectively allow movement of the first plunger 2400.
  • the user applies an external force to the first switch unit 2130 to separate the movement limiter 2432 hanging on one side of the main body 2100 from the main body 2100 and moves the first plunger 2400 in one direction ( Figure 2). 8, movement in the reference .
  • the elastic member 2440 is capable of contacting one inner side of the main body 2100 and the sliding main body 2430, respectively, and can apply elastic force to the sliding main body 2430. .
  • the elastic member 2440 is connected to the sliding body 2430 and can apply force to the sliding body 2430 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8).
  • the movement limiting part 2432 moves inward and the moving limiting part 2432 and the main body 2100 are separated, so that the sliding main body 2430 can freely move along the rail part 2511, the sliding main body ( 2430 may receive elastic force from the elastic member 2440 and move in the one direction along the rail portion 2511.
  • the elastic member 2440 may be made of various devices that can apply pressure to the sliding body 2430, such as a spring or piston.
  • the second plunger 2500 is accommodated in the inner space of the receiving portion 2200 and the inner space of the main body portion 2100 as it advances toward the receiving portion 2200.
  • the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) By discharging the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) to the outside of the main body portion (2100), it includes a second load portion (2510), a head portion (2520), and a second switch portion (2530). can do.
  • the second rod portion 2510 may be arranged to be movable while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, and may be formed in a shape extending along the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 2100.
  • the second rod unit 2510 may share a longitudinal central axis with the first rod unit 2410.
  • the second load part 2510 may selectively contact the receiving part 2200. Specifically, when the second rod portion 2510 moves in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8), one surface of the second rod portion 2510 (hereinafter referred to as ‘contact surface portion 2512’) faces the receiving portion 2200. ') can be in contact with the receiving part 2200, and the second rod part 2510 can move integrally along the one direction while contacting the receiving part 2200.
  • a head portion 2520 may be connected to one end of the second rod portion 2510 facing the injection hole portion 2110, and a second switch portion 2530 may be connected to the other end different from the one end. For this reason, when the user applies force to the second switch unit 2530 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8), the second switch unit 2530, the rod unit, and the head unit 2520 are integrated into the one direction. You can move along.
  • the second plunger 2500 may have a rail portion 2511 formed in the longitudinal direction of the main body 2100 to provide a movement path for the first plunger 2400.
  • the second rod portion 2510 of the second plunger 2500 has a rail portion 2511 along the longitudinal direction of the main body 2100 to provide a movement path for the sliding body 2430 of the first plunger 2400. can be formed.
  • the rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a slot extending along the longitudinal direction of the second rod portion 2510, and one surface of the second rod portion 2510 on which the rail portion 2511 is formed is a sliding body ( 2430) can be interviewed.
  • the rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a slot that penetrates the second rod portion 2510 in one direction (Y-axis direction in FIG. 8) and extends in the other direction (X-axis direction in FIG. 8).
  • the rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a groove extending along the longitudinal direction of the second rod portion 2510 on the outer peripheral surface of the second rod portion 2510.
  • the rail portion 2511 may be formed in various shapes that can provide a movement path for the sliding body 2430, such as protruding and extending along the longitudinal direction of the second rod portion 2510. .
  • one surface of the second plunger 2500 facing the receiving portion 2200 is connected to the head portion 2520 and has a protrusion 2513 insertable into the receiving body 2210. can be formed.
  • the protrusion 2513 may be formed to protrude toward the receiving part 2200 along the longitudinal central axis of the second rod part 2510, and the outer diameter of the protruding part 2513 is relatively smaller than or equal to the inner diameter of the receiving body 2210. can be formed.
  • the length at which the protruding part 2513 protrudes from one surface of the second rod part 2510 may be formed to be equal to the length of the receiving part 2200 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8).
  • the protrusion 2513 is inserted into the receiving part 2200 until all parts of the outer peripheral surface of the protruding part 2513 come into surface contact with all parts of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving part 2200. Therefore, there is an effect that all of the chemical solution DS accommodated in the internal space of the receiving portion 2200 can be discharged to the outside.
  • At least one first exhaust hole portion 2513h may be formed on one surface of the second plunger 2500 facing the receiving portion 2200.
  • At least one first exhaust hole portion 2513h may be formed on one surface of the second rod portion 2510 connected to the head portion 2520.
  • the first exhaust hole portion 2513h may pass through the second rod portion 2510 and communicate with the external space of the drug injection device 2. Additionally, the first exhaust hole portion 2513h may communicate with the second exhaust hole portion 2520h formed in the head portion 2520.
  • the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS may be exhausted to the outside of the drug injection device 2 through the second exhaust hole portion 2520h and the first exhaust hole portion 2513h.
  • the gas (G) contained in the chemical liquid (DS) flows into the first and second exhaust hole portions (2513h, 2520h).
  • the chemical solution (DS) with low gas (G) saturation can be injected into the user's body by being exhausted to the outside.
  • a filter seating portion 2514 may be formed in the shape of a groove on one surface of the second rod portion 2510 connected to the head portion 2520. Specifically, the filter seating portion 2514 may be formed along the area where the first exhaust hole portion 2513h is formed on one surface of the second rod portion 2510 connected to the head portion 2520.
  • the filter seating portion 2514 provides a space in which the filter portion 2600 is seated, and may communicate with the first exhaust hole portion 2513h and the second exhaust hole portion 2520h, respectively.
  • the filter seating portion 2514 may be formed as a ring-shaped groove centered on the longitudinal central axis of the second plunger 2500, and at the center of the ring shape is a first plunger ( A hole (reference symbol not set) through which 2400 passes may be formed, and at least one first exhaust hole 2513h may be formed on one side of the filter seating part 2514 facing the head part 2520. .
  • the filter seating portion 2514 may be formed between the head portion 2520 and one surface of the second rod portion 2510 where the first exhaust hole portion 2513h is formed.
  • a filter unit 2600 that selectively transmits gas (G) may be mounted on the filter seating unit 2514.
  • the chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the main body portion 2100 moves to the filter seating portion 2514 through the second exhaust hole portion 2520h, and the filter seating portion ( The filter unit 2600 mounted on 2514) can selectively transmit only the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS and exhaust the gas G through the first exhaust hole 2513h.
  • the first exhaust hole portion 2513h, the filter portion 2600 mounted on the filter seating portion 2514, and the second exhaust hole portion 2520h can provide a movement path for the gas (G), and the liquid chemical solution. (DS) cannot pass through the filter unit 2600, thereby preventing leakage to the outside through the first exhaust hole unit 2513h.
  • the head portion 2520 divides the inner space and the outer space of the receiving portion 2200, and makes surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion 2200. It may be formed in the shape of a movable plate.
  • the head portion 2520 may be connected to an end of the second rod portion 2510 adjacent to the receiving portion 2200.
  • the head portion 2520 may be formed with a second exhaust hole portion 2520h capable of communicating with at least one of the filter seating portion, the first exhaust hole portion 2513h, and the external space of the drug injection device 2.
  • the longitudinal central axis of the second exhaust hole portion 2520h may be parallel to the longitudinal central axis of the first exhaust hole portion 2513h.
  • the second exhaust hole portion 2520h may communicate with the inner space of the main body portion 2100 or the inner space of the receiving portion 2200.
  • the chemical solution (DS) is injected into the injection hole portion (2110). and flows toward the second exhaust hole portion (2520h).
  • the gas (G) selectively passes through the filter unit 2600 and is exhausted to the first exhaust hole unit 2513h, and the chemical solution DS from which the gas G is exhausted does not pass through the filter unit 2600. It is discharged through the injection hole 2110.
  • one side of the second switch unit 2530 may be inserted into the main body 2100 and connected to one end of the second rod unit 2510.
  • the second switch unit 2530 may be relatively movably connected to the main body unit 2100 and may be fixedly coupled to the second rod unit 2510.
  • the second switch unit 2530 can move in the direction of insertion into the main body 2100, and the second switch unit 2530 and The second load unit 2510 can move integrally.
  • the drug injection device 2 has a first space S1 formed in the inner space of the main body 2100 and the inner space of the receiving portion 2200 as the first plunger 2400 moves. and the second space (S2) are selectively communicated, so that the materials contained in the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are mixed with each other, and as the second plunger (2500) moves, the main body portion (2100) ) It relates to a device in which the space formed by the internal space and the receiving internal space is reduced, and the chemical solution (DS) is discharged to the outside.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, one surface of the receiving portion 2200 adjacent to the injection hole portion 2110, and the partition portion 2420 contain a first material (M1) such as an aqueous solution. It can form a first space (S1) to be accommodated, and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion (2200), the partition portion (2420), and the head portion (2520) are a second space ( S2) can be formed.
  • M1 a first material
  • the partition portion 2420 may separate the first space S1 and the second space S2 by making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion 2200. As a result, mixing of the first material M1 accommodated in the first space S1 and the second material M2 accommodated in the second space S2 may be limited.
  • the elastic member 2440 applies elastic force so that the first plunger 2400 moves forward, but the wing portion 2431 formed on the sliding body 2430 is caught on one side of the main body portion 2100, thereby causing the first plunger 2400 to move forward. 1 The movement of the plunger 2400 is restricted.
  • the first switch unit 2130 transmits force to the wing unit 2431 of the sliding body 2430,
  • the wing portion 2431 receives force and is bent in a direction away from one side of the main body portion 2100.
  • the first plunger 2400 can move freely, and the sliding body 2430 receives force from the elastic member 2440 and moves forward toward the receiving portion 2200.
  • the sliding body 2430 can move in one direction (the The first load part 2410 and the partition part 2420 connected to 2430 also move along the one direction.
  • the first rod portion 2410 connected to the sliding body 2430 penetrates the second rod portion 2510 and is connected to the partition portion 2420, and the sliding body 2430 moves in one direction. As it moves along, the first rod unit 2410 penetrates the second rod unit 2510 and moves in the one direction together with the partition unit 2420.
  • the partition portion 2420 moves in one direction and is spaced apart from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion 2200.
  • the first space S1 and the second space S2 communicate with each other, Mixing of the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) becomes possible.
  • the sliding main body 2430 continues to receive force from the elastic member 2440, and the partition part 2420 comes into contact with one inner surface of the main body part 2100 where the injection hole part 2110 is formed. . Even if one surface of the partition 2420 is in surface contact with the inner surface of the main body 2100 where the injection hole 2110 is formed, the passage groove 2120 is formed on the inner surface of the main body 2100, thereby forming the injection hole 2110. The internal space of 2110 and the main body 2100 may be communicated through the space formed by the passage groove 2120 and the one surface of the partition 2420.
  • the user can apply force in one direction to the second switch unit 2530, and the second switch unit 2530, second load unit 2510, and head unit 2520 receives the above force and moves as one body.
  • the protrusion 2513 and the head portion 2520 are inserted into the inner space of the receiving portion 2200, and one surface, specifically the contact surface, of the second rod portion 2510 Part 2512 comes into contact with receiving part 2200.
  • the second rod part 2510 is inserted into the receiving part 2200 and comes into contact with it at the same time.
  • the second load part 2510 and the receiving part 2200 can move as one unit by receiving the force applied to the second switch part 2530.
  • the chemical solution DS is accommodated in the space formed by the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, one side of the receiving portion 2200 facing the injection hole portion 2110, and the head portion 2520. , As the second rod portion 2510 coupled with the receiving portion 2200 advances, the space is reduced so that the chemical solution DS can be injected to the outside through the discharge groove portion and the injection hole portion 2110.
  • the chemical solution DS accommodated in the main body portion 2100 is moved to the head portion ( It may also flow to the halter seating portion formed in the second rod portion 2510 through the second exhaust hole portion 2520h formed in 2520.
  • the filter unit 2600 that selectively transmits the gas (G) since the filter unit 2600 that selectively transmits the gas (G) is seated in the filter seating unit 2514, the gas (G) contained in the chemical solution (DS) passing through the second exhaust hole unit (2520h) Only water can flow into the first exhaust hole 2513h through the filter unit 2600, and the liquid chemical solution (DS) cannot pass through the filter unit 2600 and is discharged to the outside through the injection hole 2110. .
  • the gas (G) contained in the chemical solution (DS) sequentially passes through the second exhaust hole portion (2520h), the filter portion (2600), and the first exhaust hole portion (2513h) to provide the drug.
  • the chemical solution (DS) which is exhausted to the outside of the injection device (2) and has a lowered gas (G) saturation, does not pass through the filter unit (2600) of the main body unit (2100) and is discharged through the injection hole unit (2110). It can prevent the injection of chemical solution (DS) with high gas (G) saturation into the body.
  • Figure 15 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI' in Figure 15.
  • Figure 17 is an enlarged view of part C of Figure 16.
  • FIGS. 18A, 18B, 19A, and 19B are diagrams for explaining the use state of the drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is an exploded view to explain the combined state of the receiving body 3110, the first plunger 3300, and the second plunger 3400 of the drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • the drug injection device 3 may include a main body portion 3100, a plunger portion 3200, and a filter portion 3500.
  • the main body 3100 may form a first space (S1) that can accommodate the first material (M1) and a second space (S2) that can accommodate the second material (M2) and is distinguished from the first space (S1). You can.
  • the main body 3100 includes a receiving body 3110, a first partition 3120, a second partition 3130, a third partition 3140, a first needle 3150, and a first partition 3150. 1 May include an elastic member 3160.
  • the receiving body 3110 forms the exterior of the main body 3100, and has an injection hole 3110h through which the chemical solution (DS) is discharged at one end, and a plunger 3200 at the other end different from the one end. It may be formed by forming a hollow tube in which a hole (reference symbol not specified) into which is inserted is formed.
  • the first partition 3120, the second partition 3130, and the third partition 3140 each make surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and can partition the internal space of the receiving body 3110. there is.
  • the first to third partitions 3140 may be formed of an elastic material, but are not limited thereto, and may be formed of various materials through which the first material M1 and the second material M2 cannot penetrate. .
  • the 'first space (S1)' may be interpreted as a space formed by the inner peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, the third partition 3140, and the receiving body 3110, and the 'second space S2 )' can be interpreted as the space formed by the inner peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, the head part 3420, and the receiving body 3110.
  • the first partition 3120 divides the first space S1 and the second space S2, and is movable in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110. And a communication passage connecting the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) may be formed.
  • a groove may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, and the outer peripheral surface of the first partition 3120 where the groove is formed may be spaced apart from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
  • the contact area between the inner peripheral surfaces of the first partition 3120 and the receiving body 3110 can be reduced to reduce the friction between the first partition 3120 and the receiving body 3110, so the first partition 3120 ) partitions the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) and at the same time has the effect of being able to move smoothly in the relationship between the first partition (3120) and the receiving body (3110).
  • the first partition 3120 is connected to the partition body 3121, which is in contact with the receiving body 3110, and is connected to the partition body 3121 and is comprised of the first material (M1) and the second material (M2). It may include a flow path body 3122 and a film portion 3125 that provide a movement path.
  • the compartment body 3121 is made of an elastic material and may be formed in a cylindrical shape with the outer peripheral surface in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
  • the compartment body 3121 may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 3110.
  • a first through-hole portion 3121h penetrating the division body 3121 may be formed on one side of the division body 3121. Specifically, the first through-hole portion 3121h may share a longitudinal central axis with the communication passage 3122h, which will be described later, and the first through-hole portion 3121h may follow the movement path of the second needle 3340, which will be described later. can be formed.
  • One side of the compartment main body 3121 facing the plunger portion 3200 may be in surface contact with the flow path main body 3122, and one side of the flow path main body 3122 may be inserted into the first through-hole portion 3121h.
  • the flow path body 3122 is formed by a communication flow path 3122h that communicates the first space S1 and the second space S2, and is inserted into one side of the partition main body 3121 and is integrated with the partition main body 3121. It can operate as .
  • the flow passage body 3122 may be formed in the shape of a plate in surface contact with one side of the partition body 3121, and a protrusion (reference sign not set) forming the appearance of the communication passage 3122h on one side ) can be formed.
  • the protrusion may be formed to protrude from one surface of the flow path body 3122 along the longitudinal central axis of the second needle 3340.
  • the protrusion may be inserted into the first through-hole portion 3121h, and the protrusion on which the communication passage 3122h is formed may be inserted into the first through-hole portion 3121h communicating with the first space S1 and the second space S2. By being inserted.
  • the communication passage 3122h may communicate with the first space S1 and the second space S2.
  • the outer diameter of the protrusion may be the same as or be relatively larger than the inner diameter of the first through-hole portion 3121h.
  • the flow path body 3122 may be made of a non-elastic material. As a result, even if the flow path body 3122 is inserted into the partition body 3121 that may be made of an elastic material, the communication path 3122h formed in the flow path body 3122 The diameter of can be maintained to provide a movement path for the first material (M1) and the second material (M2).
  • the communication passage 3122h may share a longitudinal central axis with the second needle 3340.
  • the communication passage 3122h may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 3110.
  • a film seating part 3123 may be formed in the shape of a groove so that the film part 3125, which will be described later, can be seated. As a result, the film portion 3125 is seated in surface contact with the film mounting portion 3123, thereby selectively dividing the first space S1 and the second space S2.
  • the film portion 3125 is in surface contact with one surface of the compartment main body 3121 facing the plunger portion 3200 and can cover one opening of the communication passage 3122h.
  • the film portion 3125 is in surface contact with one surface of the compartment main body 3121 and can cover the opening of the communication passage 3122h formed on one surface of the compartment main body 3121.
  • the film portion 3125 covers one opening of the communication passage 3122h and makes surface contact with one surface of the compartment body 3121, so that the first space S1 and the second space S2 form the communication passage 3122h. Communication can be selectively restricted through .
  • the film portion 3125 is not limited to materials such as paper, plastic, and silicon, and may be made of various materials in the spirit of allowing easy penetration by the second needle 3340. As a result, the second needle 3340 advances and perforates the film portion 3125, thereby allowing the first material M1 and the second material M2 to be mixed through the communication passage 3122h.
  • the film portion 3125 may be formed of a material that cannot transmit liquid. As a result, mixing of the first material M1 and the second material M2 before the film portion 3125 is pierced by the second needle 3340 can be limited.
  • the second partition 3130 may be in surface contact with the inner surface of the receiving body 3110 where the injection hole 3110h is formed.
  • the second partition 3130 may selectively allow the first space S1 and the external space of the drug injection device 3 to communicate through the first needle 3150.
  • the second partition 3130 may selectively communicate with the internal space of the main body 3100, specifically the first space S1, and the injection hole 3110h, depending on the position of the first needle 3150.
  • no separate hole portion is formed in the second partition portion 3130, and may be formed of an elastic member that partitions the inner space of the injection hole portion 3110h and the main body portion 3100.
  • the first needle 3150 moves the second partition 3130. It can penetrate into the injection hole 3110h, and the internal space of the main body 3100 and the injection hole 3110h can communicate through the first needle 3150 that penetrates the second partition 3130. .
  • the second partition 3130 selectively selects the hole through which the internal space of the main body 3100, specifically the first space S1, communicates with the injection hole 3110h, depending on the position of the first needle 3150. Since it can be formed, it is possible to prevent the first material (M1) from being discharged to the outside before the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) are mixed.
  • the third partition 3140 forms a first space S1 together with the first partition 3120 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and the third partition 3140 The outer peripheral surface of can be moved while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body (3110).
  • the third partition 3140 is made of an elastic material and may be formed in a cylindrical shape with the outer peripheral surface in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
  • the third partition 3140 may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 3110.
  • a groove may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the third partition 3140, and the outer peripheral surface of the third partition 3140 where the groove is formed may be spaced apart from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
  • the contact area between the inner peripheral surfaces of the third partition 3140 and the receiving body 3110 can be reduced to reduce the friction between the third partition 3140 and the receiving body 3110, so the third partition 3140 ) can easily move along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 3110 while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
  • the third partition 3140 may be formed with a hole penetrating the receiving body 3110 in a direction parallel to the longitudinal central axis, and may be inserted into the hole portion.
  • the hole portion penetrating the third partition 3140 in one direction may communicate with the first needle 3150 and the first space S1, respectively.
  • the hole penetrating the third compartment 3140 may be in communication with the first space S1, and as the third compartment 3140 advances, one end of the first needle 3150 is inserted into the hole.
  • the first space S1 will be in communication with the external space of the drug injection device 3 through the hole and the first needle 3150. You can.
  • the first needle 3150 communicates the internal space and external space of the main body 3100, and may be formed in a needle shape with one end having a tip shape and a hollow interior.
  • One end of the first needle 3150 may be inserted into a hole formed in the third partition 3140, and the other end opposite to the one end may be inserted into the second partition 3130. Specifically, one end of the first needle 3150 may be inserted in a fixed position into the hole formed in the third partition 3140, and the first needle 3150 may be moved integrally with the third partition 3140. there is.
  • the third partition 3140 moves toward the second partition 3130, the other end of the first needle 3150, which is fixed in position to the third partition 3140, is moved to the second partition 3130.
  • the drug solution DS accommodated inside the main body 3100 may be discharged to the outside through the first needle 3150.
  • the first elastic member 3160 is disposed between the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140, and one side and the first elastic member 3130 of the second partition 3130 face each other. Each can be fixed to one side of the three partitions 3140.
  • the first elastic member 3160 may be a spring, but is not limited thereto, and the first elastic member 3160 is connected to the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140, respectively.
  • the second compartment 3130 and the third compartment 3140 may be comprised of various devices within a technical scope that can provide manpower to each other.
  • the first elastic member 3160 may be connected to the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140 in an extended state, respectively. Because of this, the first elastic member 3160 can apply an elastic restoring force to the third partition 3140 in the direction toward the second partition 3130.
  • the first elastic member 3160 may apply force to the third partition 3140 in the direction toward the injection hole 3110h.
  • the user in order to advance the third compartment 3140, the user must apply a large force to the plunger unit 3200, but in the case of a patient with weak strength, it may be difficult to apply the required force to the plunger unit 3200. It can happen.
  • the first elastic member 3160 provides an attractive force between the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140 using elastic force, etc., so that the third partition 3140 is connected to the second partition 3130. It enables smooth movement in the lateral direction, and through this, the user can penetrate the second partition 3130 with the first needle 3150 with only a small amount of force.
  • the plunger portion 3200 is inserted into one side of the main body 3100 and is movable in a preset section, and is the first plunger. (3300) and may include a second plunger (3400).
  • the first plunger 3300 may include a first rod portion 3310, a switch portion 3320, a second elastic member 3330, and a second needle 3340.
  • the first rod portion 3310 may be formed in the shape of a shaft that is movably disposed while its outer circumferential surface is in surface contact with the inner circumferential surface of the second rod portion 3410, which will be described later.
  • a second needle 3340 may be connected to one side of the first rod part 3310 facing the first partition part 3120 in a fixed position. Specifically, a second needle 3340 sharing a longitudinal central axis with the communication passage 3122h may be fixed to one surface of the first rod portion 3310 facing the first partition 3120.
  • the second needle 3340 may penetrate the second through-hole portion 3413 formed in the second rod portion 3410 and the third through-hole portion 3422 formed in the head portion 3420, respectively, and may penetrate the first rod portion 3410. As the part 3310 moves toward the first partition 3120, the second needle 3340 can penetrate the film part 3125 while sliding with the inner peripheral surface of the second and third through-hole parts 3413 and 3422. .
  • a stepped portion 3311 may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the first rod portion 3310. Specifically, the diameter of one side of the first rod portion 3310 adjacent to the first partition 3120 is relatively smaller than the diameter of one side of the first rod portion 3310 that is relatively distant from the first partition 3120. A stepped portion 3311 may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the first rod portion 3310 due to the difference in diameter.
  • One side of the second elastic member 3330 may contact the step portion 3311, and the second elastic member 3330 may apply force to the step portion 3311. A detailed explanation regarding this is given in the description of the second elastic member 3330.
  • a switch unit 3320 may be connected to one end of the first load unit 3310.
  • One side of the switch unit 3320 may be connected to one end of the first rod unit 3310, and the other side opposite to the one side may protrude to the outside of the second rod unit 3410.
  • the user can advance the first rod unit 3310 by pressing the switch unit 3320, and as the first rod unit 3310 advances, the second needle 3340 moves the film unit 3125. It can penetrate.
  • the switch unit 3320 may be formed integrally with the first load unit 3310.
  • the switch unit 3320 is connected to the first rod unit 3310 inserted inside the second rod unit 3410, and one side protrudes outward from the second rod unit 3410. It can be formed into various shapes.
  • one end of the second elastic member 3330 is connected to one inner surface of the second rod portion 3410 facing the first rod portion 3310, and the second elastic member The other end of 3330 may be connected to the first load portion 3310.
  • the other end of the second elastic member 3330 may contact the step portion 3311 formed on the first rod portion 3310 to apply elastic force to the first rod portion 3310.
  • the first rod unit 3310 which has received force from the user, advances toward the first partition 3120 and the second needle 3340 penetrates the film unit 3125, and when the force is removed, compression occurs. Since the second elastic member 3330 can apply an elastic force to the first rod unit 3310 in a retreat direction different from the forward direction, the first rod unit 3310 and the second needle 3340 can be returned to their original positions. You can.
  • the second needle 3340 retreats from the communication passage 3122h after penetrating the film portion 3125, so that the communication passage 3122h is divided into the first space S1 and the second space (S1) without any other obstructions.
  • the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) can be mixed by communicating S2).
  • first plunger 3300 may include a second needle 3340 capable of penetrating the film portion 3125.
  • the second needle 3340 may share a central axis in the direction of the communication channel 3122h.
  • One end of the second needle 3340 may be connected to one surface of the first plunger 3300 adjacent to the first partition 3120, and the other end, which is different from the one end, may penetrate the second plunger 3400. .
  • the second needle 3340 penetrates the second plunger 3400 and the film portion located in the second space S2 ( 3125).
  • a second through-hole portion 3413 may be formed at one end of the second plunger 3400 adjacent to the first partition 3120, and a third through-hole portion 3422 may be formed at the head portion 3420.
  • the second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422 may share a longitudinal central axis.
  • the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422 is a communication passage ( 3122h) may coincide with the longitudinal central axis.
  • the second needle 3340 can move while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surfaces of the second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422, and as the first plunger 3300 advances, the second needle 3340 It can pass through the second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422 to reach the area where the film portion 3125 is located.
  • the diameter of the second needle 3340 may be the same as the inner diameter of the communication passage 3122h or may be relatively small.
  • the second plunger 3400 is inserted into one side of the receiving body 3110 and discharges the chemical solution DS while advancing in a preset direction, thereby discharging the second rod portion 3410. ), and may include a head portion 3420.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the second rod unit 3410 may be in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and the inner peripheral surface of the second rod unit 3410 may be in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the first rod unit 3310.
  • the second rod portion 3410 is inserted into one side of the receiving body 3110 and can advance and retreat in a preset direction
  • the first rod portion 3310 is inserted into one side of the second rod portion 3410. Once inserted, it can advance and retreat in a preset direction.
  • One end of the second rod part 3410 adjacent to the first partition 3120 may be connected to the head part 3420.
  • each of the head portion 3420 and the second rod portion 3410 is in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and one surface of the head portion 3420 and the second rod portion 3410 face each other.
  • One side of may be connected to each other in a fixed position.
  • a filter seating portion 3411 on which the filter portion 3500 can be seated may be formed in the shape of a groove on one surface of the second rod portion 3410 facing the head portion 3420. .
  • the filter seating portion 3411 may be formed as a ring-shaped groove centered on the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413.
  • the above first exhaust hole portion 3412 may be formed.
  • the first exhaust hole 3412 may provide an exhaust path to the outside of the first space S1 and the second space S2 included in the chemical solution DS.
  • the chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the main body portion 3100 may pass through the head portion 3420 through the second exhaust hole portion 3421, which will be described later, and the chemical solution (DS) passing through the head portion 3420 may be filtered. It flows to the filter seating part 3411 where the part 3500 is seated.
  • the filter unit 3500 can selectively transmit only gas (G), and the liquid chemical solution (DS) cannot pass through the filter unit 3500 and is not discharged into the first exhaust hole 3412. ) can only pass through the filter unit 3500 and be discharged into the first exhaust hole unit 3412.
  • a plurality of first exhaust hole portions 3412 may be formed at a preset angle with respect to the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413.
  • filter portions ( 3500) can form a space in which the gas (G) is seated, and the second exhaust hole portion (3421) provides an inflow path for the gas (G) into the filter portion (3500), and the first exhaust hole portion (3412) provides a space for the gas (G) to flow into the filter portion (3500).
  • a discharge path from the filter unit 3500 is provided.
  • a second through-hole portion 3413 may be formed on one surface of the second rod portion 3410 facing the head portion 3420.
  • the second through-hole portion 3413 is located at least one of the longitudinal central axis of the communication passage 3122h, the longitudinal central axis of the second needle 3340, and the longitudinal central axis of the third through-hole portion 3422. Axes can be shared.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the second through-hole portion 3413 may be in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the second needle 3340, and the second through-hole portion 3413 may provide a movement path for the second needle 3340.
  • the head portion 3420 is connected to the end of the second rod portion 3410, and the outer peripheral surface of the head portion 3420 may be in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
  • the head unit 3420 is connected to the second rod unit 3410 and can advance in the same direction, and as the head unit 3420 advances, the first space S1 and at least one of the second space S2 may be reduced.
  • a second exhaust hole portion 3421 may be formed in the head portion 3420. Specifically, the second exhaust hole portion 3421 communicates with the second space S2 and the area where the second rod portion 3410 is located. You can.
  • the second exhaust hole portion 3421 may communicate with the filter seating portion 3411, and through this, the second exhaust hole portion 3421 may communicate with the first exhaust hole portion 3412.
  • the gas (G) located inside the receiving body 3110 sequentially passes through the second exhaust hole portion 3421, the filter portion 3500, and the first exhaust hole portion 3412 and is discharged to the outside of the drug injection device 3. It can be.
  • a third through-hole portion 3422 may be formed in the head portion 3420.
  • the third through-hole portion 3422 is located at least one of the longitudinal central axis of the communication passage 3122h, the longitudinal central axis of the second needle 3340, and the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413. Axes can be shared.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the third through-hole portion 3422 may be in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the second needle 3340, and the third through-hole portion 3422 moves the second needle 3340 together with the second through-hole portion 3413.
  • a route can be provided.
  • the filter unit 3500 is seated on the filter seating unit 3411 and can selectively discharge the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS.
  • the shape of the filter unit 3500 may be formed to correspond to the shape of the filter seating unit 3411. Specifically, the filter unit 3500 may be formed in a ring shape corresponding to the shape of the filter seating unit 3411.
  • the filter unit 3500 includes a polycarbonate membrane filter, a nylon membrane filter, a polysulfone membrane filter, a polyvinylidene fluoride membrane filter, and cellulose. It can be made of various filters that can selectively transmit gas (G), such as an acetate membrane filter (cellulose acetate membrane filter) and polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter (polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter).
  • G gas
  • acetate membrane filter cellulose acetate membrane filter
  • polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter
  • the drug injection device 3 has a first space (S1) formed in the inner space of the main body 3100 as the first plunger 3300 moves and penetrates the film portion 3125. ) and the second space (S2) are selectively communicated, so that the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are mixed with each other. It's about.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the main body 3100, the first partition 3120, and the third partition 3140 are configured to accommodate the first material M1, such as an aqueous solution.
  • a first space (S1) may be formed, and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion, the first partition portion (3120), and the head portion (3420) may form a second space (S2) in which the second material (M2) is accommodated. .
  • a first partition 3120 is disposed between the first space S1 and the second space S2, and the communication passage 3122h formed in the flow path body 3122 of the first partition 3120 is the first partition 3120.
  • the space (S1) and the second space (S2) can be selectively communicated.
  • the film portion 3125 may cover one opening of the communication passage 3122h and make surface contact with one surface of the passage main body 3122. As a result, until the second needle 3340 penetrates the film portion 3125, the film portion 3125 restricts the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) from flowing through the communication passage (3122h). can do.
  • the user may apply force to the switch unit 3320 to advance the first rod unit 3310 toward the first partition unit 3120.
  • the second needle 3340 connected to the end of the first rod unit 3310 is the second plunger 3400. After passing through and reaching the second space (S2), it may pass through the film portion 3125.
  • the second needle 3340 connected to the end of the first rod portion 3310 includes the second through-hole portion 3413 of the second rod portion 3410 and the third through-hole portion 3422 of the head portion 3420. ) can advance by sequentially passing through, and the second needle 3340 passes through the second space S2 and penetrates one side of the film portion 3125 corresponding to the communication passage 3122h to the communication passage 3122h. can be inserted.
  • the second elastic member 3330 disposed between the second rod portion 3410 and the first rod portion 3310 applies force to the first rod portion 3310 in the retreat direction. This is possible, and as a result, the second needle 3340 moves to the original position together with the first rod unit 3310.
  • one side of the film portion 3125 corresponding to the communication passage 3122h is perforated by the second needle 3340, and the first space S1 and the second space S2 are formed through the communication passage 3122h. They may communicate, and through this, the first material (M1) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second material (M2) accommodated in the second space (S2) are allowed to mix with each other.
  • the first material M1 and the second material M2 are mixed through the communication passage 3122h to generate the chemical solution DS.
  • the chemical solution DS may be accommodated in the first space S1 and the second space S2 of the receiving body 3110.
  • the user can apply force to the second rod portion 3410 to advance the second rod portion 3410, and the second rod portion 3410 that receives the force is the head portion 3420. It advances toward the first partition 3120.
  • the size of the second space S2 formed by the inner peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, the head part 3420, and the receiving body 3110 increases. It is reduced, and the chemical solution DS accommodated in the second space S2 can move to the first space S1 through the communication passage 3122h.
  • the pressure of the first space S1 increases.
  • the third compartment 3140 and the first needle 3150 connected to the third compartment 3140 may move toward the second compartment 3130 due to the pressure.
  • the first needle 3150 moves toward the second partition 3130 and penetrates the second partition 3130. As a result, the first needle 3150 passes through the first space S1 and the injection hole 3110h. can communicate. As a result, the chemical solution DS accommodated in the first space S1 may be discharged to the outside through the first needle 3150.
  • the head part 3420 and the first partition 3120 move forward together with the second load part 3410, and the first partition 3120 , As the size of the first space (S1) formed by the third partition (3140) on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body (3110) gradually decreases, the chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the first space (S1) is transferred to the first needle ( 3150) and is discharged to the outside.
  • the chemical solution DS accommodated in the receiving body 3110 flows into the second rod portion 3420 formed in the head portion 3420. It can flow through the exhaust hole portion 3421.
  • the second exhaust hole portion 3421 communicates with the filter seating portion 3411 and the first exhaust hole portion 3412, and the chemical solution (DS) passing through the second exhaust hole portion 3421 is seated on the filter seating portion 3411. Movement may be restricted by the filter unit 3500.
  • the filter unit 3500 since only the gas (G) included in the chemical solution (DS) can pass through the filter unit 3500, only the gas (G) can pass through the filter unit 3500 and be exhausted through the first exhaust hole unit 3412.
  • the chemical solution DS in a liquid state may not pass through the filter unit 3500 and may remain in the inner space of the receiving body 3110 and be discharged through the injection hole.
  • the gas (G) saturation of the chemical solution (DS) injected into the user's body can be lowered, thereby preventing side effects that occur as the gas (G) is injected into the user's body together with the chemical solution (DS).
  • a chemical liquid injection device is provided. Additionally, embodiments of the present invention can be applied to industrial devices that inject medicinal solutions into a patient's body.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Infusion, Injection, And Reservoir Apparatuses (AREA)

Abstract

An embodiment of the present invention provides a medicament delivery device comprising: a body part in which a first space capable of holding a first material and a second space capable of holding a second material and separated from the first space are formed; a plunger part which is inserted into one side of the body part and is movable in a predetermined section; and a filter part which is disposed on a path allowing the inner space of the body part to communicate with the space outside the body part and selectively discharges gas contained in at least one of the first material and the second material, wherein, as the plunger is moved, the first space and the second space selectively communicate with each other.

Description

약물 주입 장치drug injection device
본 발명은 약물 주입 장치에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to a drug injection device.
약물 주입 장치는 환자의 체내에 약물을 직접 주입하거나 환자의 체내에 약물을 직접 주입하는 장치에 약물을 충전하기 위해 사용된다. 이러한 약물 주입 장치는 의사나 간호사와 같은 전문 의료진에 의해 사용되기도 하지만, 대부분의 경우 환자 자신 또는 보호자와 같은 일반인에 의해 사용되고 있다. A drug injection device is used to directly inject drugs into a patient's body or to fill a device that directly injects drugs into a patient's body. These drug injection devices are sometimes used by professional medical staff such as doctors and nurses, but in most cases, they are used by the general public such as patients themselves or their guardians.
일반적으로, 변질이 쉬운 약물의 보관을 용이하게 위하여 약물을 일단 동결 건조시킨 후 주입 직전에 다른 약제, 수액 또는 증류수와 혼합하여 주입하게 된다. Generally, in order to facilitate the storage of drugs that are easily deteriorated, the drug is first freeze-dried and mixed with other drugs, sap, or distilled water immediately before injection and then injected.
종래에 약제를 혼합하는 방법의 예시는 다음과 같다. 액체 형태의 약제, 수액 또는 증류수가 담긴 백(bag)이나 바이얼(vial) 등의 용기에 시린지의 주사 바늘을 찔러 용기를 천공하고, 용기 내부의 내용물을 시린지 내부로 흡입하여 수용한 후, 주사바늘을 용기로부터 빼낸다. 그런 다음, 시린지의 주사바늘을 액체 또는 분말 형태의 약제가 수용된 다른 용기에 찔러 상기 다른 용기를 천공하고, 시린지 내부의 액체 형태의 약제, 수액 또는 증류수를 상기 다른 용기 내로 주입한 후, 상기 다른 용기를 흔들어 내부의 내용물들을 혼합한다. 혼합이 완료된 후 상기 다른 용기 내의 혼합액을 주사바늘을 통해 시린지 내로 흡입하여 수용한 후, 주사바늘을 상기 다른 용기로부터 빼낸다. Examples of conventional methods of mixing drugs are as follows. Poke the syringe injection needle into a container such as a bag or vial containing liquid medicine, intravenous fluid, or distilled water, puncture the container, inhale the contents inside the container into the syringe, and then inject. Remove the needle from the container. Then, the needle of the syringe is pierced into another container containing the medicine in liquid or powder form, puncturing the other container, and the liquid medicine, sap or distilled water inside the syringe is injected into the other container. Shake to mix the contents inside. After mixing is completed, the mixed solution in the other container is inhaled and received into the syringe through a needle, and then the needle is withdrawn from the other container.
그러나, 사용자가 직접 약물을 혼합하는 과정에서 약물이 적절한 혼합되지 않아 약물의 농도 또는 산도가 변화하거나, 주사제의 부작용이 일어날 가능성이 발생하는 문제점이 있었다.However, there was a problem in that the drug was not mixed properly during the process of the user directly mixing the drug, resulting in a change in the concentration or acidity of the drug or the possibility of side effects from the injectable drug.
본 발명의 배경기술은 대한민국 등록특허공보 제10-2017-0106053호(2019.03.07. 등록, 발명의 명칭: 약액 주입 장치)에 개시되어 있다.The background technology of the present invention is disclosed in Republic of Korea Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0106053 (registered on March 7, 2019, title of invention: Chemical injection device).
본 발명이 이루고자 하는 기술적 과제는 본체부가 제1 공간 및 제1 공간과 구획되는 제2 공간을 형성하며, 플런저부가 이동함에 따라 제1 공간과 제2 공간이 선택적으로 연통됨으로써, 서로 다른 공간에 위치하는 물질들을 선택적으로 혼합시킬 수 있는 약물 주입 장치를 제공한다.The technical problem to be achieved by the present invention is that the main body forms a first space and a second space partitioned from the first space, and as the plunger part moves, the first space and the second space are selectively communicated, so that they are located in different spaces. A drug injection device capable of selectively mixing substances is provided.
본 발명의 일 측면은, 제1 물질을 수용가능한 제1 공간과 제2 물질을 수용가능하며 상기 제1 공간과 구분되는 제2 공간이 형성되는 본체부; 상기 본체부의 일측에 삽입되며, 미리 설정되는 구간에서 이동가능한 플런저부; 및 상기 본체부의 내부 공간과 외부 공간을 연통시키는 경로상에 배치되며, 상기 제1 물질 및 제2 물질 중 적어도 하나 이상에 포함되는 기체를 선택적으로 배출하는 필터부;를 포함하며, 상기 플런저부가 이동함에 따라, 상기 제1 공간과 상기 제2 공간이 선택적으로 연통되는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치를 제공한다.One aspect of the present invention includes a main body in which a first space capable of accommodating a first material and a second space capable of accommodating a second material and separated from the first space are formed; a plunger portion inserted into one side of the main body and movable in a preset section; and a filter unit disposed on a path that communicates the internal space of the main body with the external space, and selectively discharges gas contained in at least one of the first material and the second material, wherein the plunger portion moves. Accordingly, a drug injection device is provided, wherein the first space and the second space are selectively communicated.
또한, 상기 본체부는 일측에 개구부가 형성되며 중공관 형상으로 형성되는 수용본체; 및 상기 수용본체의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하며, 상기 제1 영역과 상기 제2 영역을 선택적으로 구획하는 구획부;를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the main body portion has an opening formed on one side and a receiving body formed in the shape of a hollow tube; and a partition portion that is movable while in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body and selectively partitions the first region and the second region.
또한, 상기 수용본체의 내주면 상에는 상기 수용본체의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되며 홈부의 형상을 가지는 바이패스부가 형성될 수 있다.Additionally, a bypass portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body and having the shape of a groove may be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body.
또한, 상기 바이패스부의 길이는 상기 구획부가 연장되는 길이보다 상대적으로 길게 형성될 수 있다.Additionally, the length of the bypass portion may be relatively longer than the length along which the partition portion extends.
또한, 상기 수용본체 및 상기 필터부와 각각 연결되며 상기 수용본체에 수용되는 상기 제1 물질 및 상기 제2 물질 중 적어도 어느 하나의 배출 경로를 제공하는 주입부;를 더 포함할 수 있다.In addition, it may further include an injection unit that is connected to the receiving body and the filter unit, respectively, and provides an discharge path for at least one of the first material and the second material accommodated in the receiving body.
또한, 상기 주입부의 일측 및 상기 일측에 대향하는 타측에는 각각 상기 본체부의 내부 공간과 연통되는 주입홀부 및 배기홀부가 각각 형성되며, 상기 배기홀부가 형성되는 상기 주입부의 일면은 상기 필터부와 면접촉할 수 있다.In addition, an injection hole part and an exhaust hole part communicating with the internal space of the main body part are formed on one side of the injection part and the other side opposite to the one side, respectively, and one surface of the injection part where the exhaust hole part is formed is in surface contact with the filter part. can do.
또한, 상기 본체부의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하며, 내부가 중공인 수용부;를 더 포함할 수 있다.In addition, it may further include a receiving portion that is movable while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion and has a hollow interior.
또한, 상기 플런저부는 상기 본체부의 내부에 위치하며, 상기 수용부 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라 상기 수용부의 내부 공간과 상기 본체부의 내부 공간을 선택적으로 연통시키는 제1 플런저; 및 상기 수용부 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라 상기 수용부의 내부 공간 및 상기 본체부의 내부 공간에 수용되는 상기 제1 물질 및 상기 제2 물질을 상기 본체부의 외부로 배출시키는 제2 플런저;를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the plunger portion includes: a first plunger located inside the main body portion and selectively communicating between the inner space of the accommodating portion and the inner space of the main body portion as it advances toward the accommodating portion; and a second plunger that discharges the first material and the second material accommodated in the inner space of the container and the inner space of the main body to the outside of the main body as it advances toward the side of the accommodating part. .
또한, 상기 제1 플런저는 상기 제2 플런저 상에서 이동가능한 슬라이딩본체; 및 상기 슬라이딩본체와 연결되며, 상기 슬라이딩본체가 이동함에 따라 상기 수용부의 내주면 둘레와 선택적으로 면접촉이 가능한 구획부;를 포함할 수 있다.Additionally, the first plunger includes a sliding body movable on the second plunger; and a partition part connected to the sliding main body and capable of selectively making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving part as the sliding main body moves.
또한, 상기 제2 플런저는 상기 제1 플런저의 이동 경로를 제공하도록 상기 본체부의 길이 방향으로 레일부가 형성될 수 있다.Additionally, the second plunger may have a rail portion formed in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion to provide a movement path for the first plunger.
또한, 상기 제2 플런저는 상기 수용부와 인접한 일단부에는 상기 필터부가 안착 가능한 필터안착부가 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the second plunger may have a filter seating portion on one end adjacent to the receiving portion formed in the shape of a groove into which the filter portion can be seated.
또한, 상기 본체부는 일측에 개구부가 형성되며 내부가 중공인 수용본체; 및 상기 수용본체의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하며 이동가능하고, 상기 제1 공간과 상기 제2 공간을 연통시키는 연통 유로가 형성되는 제1 구획부;를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the main body includes a receiving body having an opening formed on one side and a hollow interior; and a first partition portion that is movable and in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body, and in which a communication passage connecting the first space and the second space is formed.
또한, 상기 제1 구획부는 상기 본체부의 내주면과 면접촉하며, 상기 제1 공간과 상기 제2 공간 사이에 배치되는 구획본체; 및 상기 플런저부와 마주보는 상기 구획본체의 일면과 면접촉하는 필름부;를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the first partition portion includes a partition body that is in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion and is disposed between the first space and the second space; and a film portion in surface contact with one surface of the compartment main body facing the plunger portion.
또한, 상기 플런저부는 상기 제1 구획부 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라, 상기 필름을 관통가능한 니들을 포함하는 제1 플런저;를 포함하며, 상기 니들은 상기 연통 유로와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다.In addition, the plunger unit includes a first plunger including a needle capable of penetrating the film as it advances toward the first compartment, and the needle may share a longitudinal central axis with the communication passage.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치는 플런저부의 위치에 따라 본체부의 서로 다른 공간을 선택적으로 연통시키는 구획부를 포함함으로써, 플런저부를 조작하는 것 만으로 본체부에 수용되는 서로 다른 물질을 혼합하는 것이 용이한 효과가 있다.The drug injection device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a partition portion that selectively communicates different spaces of the main body portion depending on the position of the plunger portion, so that different substances accommodated in the main body portion can be mixed just by manipulating the plunger portion. It has an easy effect.
도 1은 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사시도이다.1 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 2는 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 분해도이다.Figure 2 is an exploded view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
도 3은 도 1의 I-I`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다.Figure 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 1.
도 4는 도 1의 II-II`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다.Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II' in Figure 1.
도 5a 내지 도 5c는 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다. Figures 5A to 5C are diagrams for explaining the state of use of the drug injection device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
도 6은 도 3의 A부분을 확대한 확대도이다.Figure 6 is an enlarged view of part A of Figure 3.
도 7은 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사시도이다.Figure 7 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 도 7의 III-III`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다.Figure 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III' in Figure 7.
도 9는 도 7의 IV-IV`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다.Figure 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV' in Figure 7.
도 10은 도 7의 V-V`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다.Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line V-V' of Figure 7.
도 11은 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 플런저부의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 11 is a diagram for explaining the use state of the plunger portion according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 12a 내지 도 12e는 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figures 12A to 12E are diagrams for explaining the use state of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 13은 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 수용본체, 제1 플런저 및 제2 플런저의 결합상태를 설명하기 위한 분해도이다.Figure 13 is an exploded view to explain the combined state of the receiving body, the first plunger, and the second plunger of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
도 14는 도 13의 B부분을 확대하여 분해한 분해도이다.Figure 14 is an exploded view of part B of Figure 13 enlarged.
도 15는 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사시도이다.Figure 15 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
도 16은 도 15의 VI-VI`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다.Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI' in Figure 15.
도 17은 도 16의 C부분을 확대한 확대도이다.Figure 17 is an enlarged view of part C of Figure 16.
도 18a, 도 18b, 도 19a, 도 19b는 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figures 18a, 18b, 19a, and 19b are diagrams for explaining the use state of the drug injection device according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
도 20은 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 수용본체, 제1 플런저 및 제2 플런저의 결합상태를 설명하기 위한 분해도이다.Figure 20 is an exploded view for explaining the combined state of the receiving body, the first plunger, and the second plunger of the drug injection device according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명은 다양한 변환을 가할 수 있고 여러 가지 실시예를 가질 수 있는 바, 특정 실시예들을 도면에 예시하고 상세한 설명에 상세하게 설명하고자 한다. 본 발명의 효과 및 특징, 그리고 그것들을 달성하는 방법은 도면과 함께 상세하게 후술되어 있는 실시예들을 참조하면 명확해질 것이다. 그러나 본 발명은 이하에서 개시되는 실시예들에 한정되는 것이 아니라 다양한 형태로 구현될 수 있다.Since the present invention can be modified in various ways and can have various embodiments, specific embodiments will be illustrated in the drawings and described in detail in the detailed description. The effects and features of the present invention and methods for achieving them will become clear by referring to the embodiments described in detail below along with the drawings. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments disclosed below and may be implemented in various forms.
이하, 첨부된 도면을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시예들을 상세히 설명하기로 하며, 도면을 참조하여 설명할 때 동일하거나 대응하는 구성 요소는 동일한 도면부호를 부여하고 이에 대한 중복되는 설명은 생략하기로 한다.Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. When describing with reference to the drawings, identical or corresponding components will be assigned the same reference numerals and redundant description thereof will be omitted. .
이하의 실시예에서, 단수의 표현은 문맥상 명백하게 다르게 뜻하지 않는 한, 복수의 표현을 포함한다.In the following examples, singular terms include plural terms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
이하의 실시예에서, 포함하다 또는 가지다 등의 용어는 명세서상에 기재된 특징, 또는 구성요소가 존재함을 의미하는 것이고, 하나 이상의 다른 특징들 또는 구성요소가 부가될 가능성을 미리 배제하는 것은 아니다.In the following embodiments, terms such as include or have mean that the features or components described in the specification exist, and do not exclude in advance the possibility of adding one or more other features or components.
어떤 실시예가 달리 구현 가능한 경우에 특정한 공정 순서는 설명되는 순서와 다르게 수행될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 연속하여 설명되는 두 공정이 실질적으로 동시에 수행될 수도 있고, 설명되는 순서와 반대의 순서로 진행될 수 있다.In cases where an embodiment can be implemented differently, a specific process sequence may be performed differently from the described sequence. For example, two processes described in succession may be performed substantially at the same time, or may be performed in an order opposite to that in which they are described.
도면에서는 설명의 편의를 위하여 구성 요소들이 그 크기가 과장 또는 축소될 수 있다. 예컨대, 도면에서 나타난 각 구성의 크기 및 두께는 설명의 편의를 위해 임의로 나타내었으므로, 이하의 실시예는 반드시 도시된 바에 한정되지 않는다.In the drawings, the sizes of components may be exaggerated or reduced for convenience of explanation. For example, the size and thickness of each component shown in the drawings are arbitrarily shown for convenience of explanation, so the following embodiments are not necessarily limited to what is shown.
본 발명의 실시예들에 따른 약물 주입 장치들은 후술할 플런저부가 이동함에 따라 약물 주입 장치에 수용되는 둘 이상의 물질이 혼합/화합되어 외부로 주입되는 장치에 관한 것이다.Drug injection devices according to embodiments of the present invention relate to devices in which two or more substances contained in the drug injection device are mixed/combined and injected to the outside as the plunger portion, which will be described later, moves.
구체적으로 플런저부가 미리 설정되는 영역까지 이동함에 따라 서로 다른 물질이 위치하는 공간이 선태적으로 연통되어 서로 다른 물질이 혼합/화합하게 되며, 플런저부가 상기 미리 설정되는 영역을 넘어서서 이동함에 따라 혼합/화합된 물질이 외부로 주입되게 된다.Specifically, as the plunger part moves to the preset area, the space where different substances are located is selectively communicated, causing the different substances to mix/combine, and as the plunger part moves beyond the preset area, the mixing/combination occurs. The material is injected to the outside.
결론적으로, 본 발명의 실시예들에 따른 약물 주입 장치들은 약물의 혼합/화합 메커니즘(mixture/compound mechanism)과 주입 메커니즘(infusing mechanism)을 동시에 구현하였으며, 본 명세서에서는 이와 관련된 설명을 상세하게 한다.In conclusion, drug injection devices according to embodiments of the present invention simultaneously implement a mixing/compound mechanism and an infusing mechanism, and the related description is provided in detail in this specification.
본 명세서에서 '제1 물질(M1)'과 '제2 물질(M2)'은 서로 다른 물질로 형성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, '제1 물질(M1)'과 '제2 물질(M2)'중 어느 하나는 수용액 등의 액체로 형성될 수 있으며, 다른 하나는 동결 건조된 약물일 수 있다. 그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, '제1 물질(M1)'과 '제2 물질(M2)'은 약물 주입 장치가 수용할 수 있는 다양한 물질로 이루어질 수 있다.In this specification, the ‘first material (M1)’ and the ‘second material (M2)’ may be formed of different materials. For example, one of the 'first material (M1)' and the 'second material (M2)' may be formed of a liquid such as an aqueous solution, and the other may be a freeze-dried drug. However, it is not limited to this, and the 'first material (M1)' and 'second material (M2)' may be made of various materials that the drug injection device can accommodate.
또한, '약액'은 약물과 액체의 혼합물 또는 화합물로 해석될 수 있다.Additionally, 'medication solution' can be interpreted as a mixture or compound of a drug and a liquid.
이하, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(1)에 관한 설명을 한다.Hereinafter, the drug injection device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 1은 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사시도이다. 도 2는 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 분해도이다. 도 3은 도 1의 I-I`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다. 도 4는 도 1의 II-II`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다. 도 5a 내지 도 5c는 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(1)의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 도 6은 도 3의 A부분을 확대한 확대도이다.1 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention. Figure 2 is an exploded view of a drug injection device according to a first embodiment of the present invention. Figure 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 1. Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II' in Figure 1. Figures 5A to 5C are diagrams for explaining the state of use of the drug injection device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Figure 6 is an enlarged view of part A of Figure 3.
도 1, 도 2를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(1)는 본체부(1100), 주입부(1200), 필터부, 플런저부(1400), 하우징부(1500)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to Figures 1 and 2, the drug injection device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention includes a main body 1100, an injection part 1200, a filter part, a plunger part 1400, and a housing part 1500. ) may include.
본체부(1100)는 제1 물질(M1)을 수용가능한 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 물질(M2)을 수용가능하며 제1 공간(S1)과 구분되는 제2 공간(S2)이 형성할 수 있으며, 수용본체(1110), 구획부(1120)를 포함할 수 있다.The main body 1100 has a first space (S1) that can accommodate the first material (M1) and a second space (S2) that can accommodate the second material (M2) and is separated from the first space (S1). It may include a receiving body 1110 and a partition 1120.
수용본체(1110)는 일측에 개구부(이하,'전방개구부(1115h)'라고 한다)가 형성되는 중공관 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The receiving body 1110 may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube with an opening (hereinafter referred to as 'front opening 1115h') formed on one side.
도 1, 도 2를 참조하면, 수용본체(1110)는 중공관 형상으로 형성되며 주입부(1200)와 연결되는 일단부에는 전방개구부(1115h)가 형성되며, 상기 일단부와 대향되는 타단부에는 후방개구부(1110h)가 형성된다.Referring to FIGS. 1 and 2, the receiving body 1110 is formed in the shape of a hollow tube, and a front opening 1115h is formed at one end connected to the injection unit 1200, and at the other end opposite to the one end. A rear opening 1110h is formed.
수용본체(1110)의 상기 일단부에는 주입부(1200)의 일측에 형성되는 체결홈부에 삽입되도록 체결부(1115)가 돌출 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 체결부(1115)는 주입부(1200)와 마주보는 수용본체(1110)의 일면에서 외측으로 돌출형성될 수 있다.A fastening portion 1115 may be formed to protrude from one end of the receiving body 1110 to be inserted into a fastening groove formed on one side of the injection portion 1200. Specifically, the fastening portion 1115 may protrude outward from one side of the receiving body 1110 facing the injection portion 1200.
도 2, 도 3을 참조하면, 체결부(1115)의 외주면에는 둘레방향으로 따라 홈부가 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 별도의 실링 부재가 주입부(1200)의 체결홈부와 밀착되면서 상기 홈부에 안착됨으로써, 주입본체(1210)에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 주입부(1200)를 통해 외부로 배출되는 과정에서 약액(DS)이 체결부(1115)와 체결홈부 사이 공간으로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.Referring to Figures 2 and 3, grooves may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the fastening portion 1115. As a result, the separate sealing member comes into close contact with the fastening groove of the injection unit 1200 and is seated in the groove, so that the chemical solution (DS) contained in the injection body 1210 is discharged to the outside through the injection unit 1200. It is possible to prevent the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the fastening part 1115 and the fastening groove.
도 2, 도 3을 참조하면, 체결부(1115)의 외경은 체결홈부의 내경보다 동일하거나 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 체결부(1115)가 체결홈부에 억지끼움 방식으로 견고하게 체결되는 것이 가능함으로써, 약액(DS)이 체결부(1115)와 체결홈부 사이로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2 and 3, the outer diameter of the fastening portion 1115 may be formed to be equal to or relatively larger than the inner diameter of the fastening groove portion. As a result, the fastening part 1115 can be firmly fastened to the fastening groove in an interference fit manner, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking between the fastening part 1115 and the fastening groove.
도 6을 참조하면, 체결부(1115)의 내주면에는 실링부재(도면 부호 미설정)가 안착가능한 실링홈부(도면 부호 미설정)가 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 상기 실링홈부에 안착되는 실링부재가 체결부(1115)의 내주면과 뒤에 설명할 삽입부의 외주면과 각각 접촉함으로써, 약액(DS)이 삽입부와 체결부(1115) 사이 공간으로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 6, a sealing groove portion (reference sign not specified) into which a sealing member (reference sign not specified) can be seated may be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the fastening portion 1115. As a result, the sealing member seated in the sealing groove contacts the inner peripheral surface of the fastening part 1115 and the outer peripheral surface of the insertion part, which will be explained later, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the insertion part and the fastening part 1115. can do.
도 2 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 주입부(1200)와 마주보는 수용본체(1110)의 일단부에 대향되는 타단부에는 후방개구부(1110h)가 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 후방개구부(1110h)의 내경은 제1 공간(S1) 및 제2 공간(S2)을 형성하는 주입본체(1210)의 내부의 내경과 동일할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2 to 4 , a rear opening 1110h may be formed at the other end opposite to one end of the receiving body 1110 facing the injection unit 1200. Specifically, the inner diameter of the rear opening 1110h may be the same as the inner diameter of the injection body 1210 forming the first space S1 and the second space S2.
수용본체(1110)의 후방개구부(1110h)에는 플런저부(1400), 구체적으로 뒤에 설명할 로드부(1410)가 삽입되어, 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향을 따라 이동할 수 있다.A plunger portion 1400, specifically a rod portion 1410 to be described later, is inserted into the rear opening 1110h of the receiving body 1110 and can move along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110.
도 2 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 수용본체(1110)의 내경은 구획부(1120)의 외경 및 뒤에 설명할 헤드부(1420)의 외경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 작게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 탄성재질로 형성되는 구획부(1120)와 헤드부(1420)가 수용본체(1110)의 내주면과 견고한 면접촉이 가능함으로써, 약액(DS)이 수용본체(1110)의 내주면과 구획부(1120) 사이 공간, 또는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면과 헤드부(1420) 사이 공간으로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2 to 4 , the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110 may be the same as or relatively small as the outer diameter of the partition portion 1120 and the outer diameter of the head portion 1420, which will be described later. As a result, the partition portion 1120 and the head portion 1420, which are formed of an elastic material, are able to make solid surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, so that the chemical solution (DS) is connected to the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and the partition portion ( Leakage into the space between 1120 or the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and the head portion 1420 can be prevented.
도 2, 도 4를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 상에는 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향으로 따라 연장되는 바이패스부(1111)가 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2 and 4 , a bypass portion 1111 extending along the longitudinal direction of the accommodating body 1110 may be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the accommodating body 1110 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
일 실시예로, 바이패스부(1111)는 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향으로 따라 연장되는 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 일측의 내경은 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되지 않는 수용본체(1110)의 일측의 내경보다 상대적으로 클 수 있다.In one embodiment, the bypass portion 1111 may be formed in the shape of a groove extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. Specifically, the inner diameter of one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed may be relatively larger than the inner diameter of one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is not formed.
또한, 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 일측의 내경은 구획부(1120)의 외경보다 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다.Additionally, the inner diameter of one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed may be relatively larger than the outer diameter of the partition portion 1120.
일 실시예로, 바이패스부(1111)가 위치하는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면의 둘레 길이는 바이패스부(1111)가 위치하지 않는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면의 둘레 길이보다 상대적으로 길게 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the circumferential length of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is located is relatively longer than the circumferential length of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving main body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is not located. It can be.
바이패스부(1111)의 길이는 구획부(1120)가 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 길이보다 상대적으로 길게 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 바이패스부(1111)의 일방향(도 4 기준 X축 방향) 길이는 구획부(1120)의 상기 일방향 길이보다 상대적으로 길게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 도 5b를 참조하면, 구획부(1120)가 상기 일방향을 따라 이동하여 바이패스부(1111)의 일단부와 타단부 사이에 위치하는 경우, 구획부(1120)로 구획되는 제1 공간(S1) 및 제2 공간(S2)이 바이패스부(1111)를 통하여 연통되어 액체와 약물이 혼합될 수 있는 효과가 있다.The length of the bypass portion 1111 may be relatively longer than the length of the partition portion 1120 extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. Specifically, the length of the bypass unit 1111 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 4) may be relatively longer than the length of the partition unit 1120 in the one direction. For this reason, referring to Figure 5b, when the partition 1120 moves along the one direction and is located between one end and the other end of the bypass part 1111, the first space partitioned by the partition 1120 ( S1) and the second space (S2) are communicated through the bypass part 1111, which has the effect of allowing liquid and drug to be mixed.
도 5b를 참조하면, 구획부(1120)가 바이패스부(1111)의 일단부와 타단부 사이에 위치하는 경우, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)은 구획부(1120)의 외주면과 바이패스부(1111)의 내주면으로 형성되는 공간을 통해 연통될 수 있으며, 이를 통해 제1 공간(S1)에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 공간(S2)에 수용되는 제2 물질(M2)이 구획부(1120)의 외주면과 바이패스부(1111)의 내주면으로 형성되는 공간을 통하여 혼합되어 약액(DS)이 생성될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 5B, when the partition 1120 is located between one end and the other end of the bypass part 1111, the first space S1 and the second space S2 are of the partition 1120. It may communicate through a space formed by the outer circumferential surface and the inner circumferential surface of the bypass portion 1111, through which the first material (M1) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second material (M1) accommodated in the second space (S2) The substance M2 may be mixed through a space formed by the outer peripheral surface of the partition 1120 and the inner peripheral surface of the bypass unit 1111 to generate the chemical solution DS.
선택적 실시예로, 바이패스부(1111)는 복수 개가 구비될 수 있으며, 복수 개의 바이패스부(1111)는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 상에서 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향으로 따라 연장되는 홈부의 형상으로 형성되며, 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향 중심축을 기준으로 미리 설정되는 각도를 이루면서 배치될 수 있다.In an optional embodiment, a plurality of bypass parts 1111 may be provided, and the plurality of bypass parts 1111 may be a groove portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110 on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110. It is formed in a shape and can be arranged at a preset angle based on the longitudinal central axis of the receiving body 1110.
선택적 실시예로, 복수 개의 바이패스부(1111)는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 상에서 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향으로 따라 연장되는 홈부의 형상으로 형성되며, 일방향(도 4 기준 X축 방향)으로 이격 배치될 수 있다. 이 경우, 구획부(1120)는 복수 개가 구비되어 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간을 3 이상의 공간으로 구획할 수 있으며, 복수 개의 구획부(1120)가 이동함에 따라 3 이상의 공간에 수용되는 3 이상의 서로 다른 물질이 바이패스부(1111)를 통하여 서로 혼합될 수 있다.In an optional embodiment, the plurality of bypass parts 1111 are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 in the shape of a groove extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110, and are formed in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 4). It can be placed spaced apart. In this case, a plurality of partition units 1120 are provided to divide the internal space of the receiving body 1110 into three or more spaces. As the plurality of partition units 1120 move, three or more partitions 1120 are accommodated in three or more spaces. Different substances may be mixed with each other through the bypass unit 1111.
도 2 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 구획부(1120)는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하며, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 선택적으로 구획할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2 to 4, the partition 1120 is movable while making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, and can selectively partition the first space (S1) and the second space (S2). You can.
일 실시예로, 구획부(1120)는 외주면 둘레가 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉이 가능한 원통형 형상으로 형성될 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며 구획부(1120)의 단면은 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 형상에 대응되도록 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the partition 1120 may be formed in a cylindrical shape so that the outer peripheral surface can be in surface contact with the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110, but it is not limited thereto, and the cross section of the partition 1120 is the receiving body 1110. It may be formed to correspond to the shape of the inner peripheral surface of (1110).
구획부(1120)의 외경은 수용본체(1110)의 내경, 구체적으로 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되지 않는 수용본체(1110)의 내경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 구획부(1120)가 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되지 않는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면에 억지끼움으로 면접촉함으로써, 구획부(1120)를 기준으로 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간이 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)으로 구획될 수 있다. The outer diameter of the partition 1120 may be the same as the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110, specifically, the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110 in which the bypass portion 1111 is not formed, or may be formed to be relatively large. As a result, the partition 1120 makes surface contact with the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is not formed by force fitting, so that the internal space of the receiving body 1110 with respect to the partition 1120 is It may be divided into a first space (S1) and a second space (S2).
이를 통해, 플런저부(1400)가 이동하지 않는 경우, 수용본체(1110) 내부에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1)과 제2물질이 구획부(1120)에 의하여 분리되어, 서로 혼합되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.Through this, when the plunger portion 1400 does not move, the first material (M1) and the second material accommodated inside the receiving body (1110) are separated by the partition portion (1120) to prevent them from mixing with each other. You can.
도 4를 참조하면, 구획부(1120)의 외주면 둘레 길이는 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 둘레 길이보다 상대적으로 작게 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 구획부(1120)가 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 길이는 바이패스부(1111)가 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 길이보다 상대적으로 작게 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 4, the circumferential length of the outer peripheral surface of the partition portion 1120 may be relatively smaller than the circumferential length of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed. In addition, the length that the partition portion 1120 extends along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110 may be formed to be relatively smaller than the length that the bypass portion 1111 extends along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. .
도 5b를 참조하면, 외력에 의하여 플런저부(1400)가 주입부(1200) 측 방향으로 전진하는 경우, 구획부(1120)와 플런저부(1400)의 헤드부(1420)가 형성하는 제2 공간(S2)의 크기가 축소된다. 이로 인하여 제2 공간(S2)에 위치하는 제2 물질(M2)의 압력이 상승하면서, 제2 물질(M2)이 구획부(1120)를 주입부(1200) 측 방향으로 전진시킬 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 5B, when the plunger portion 1400 advances toward the injection portion 1200 due to an external force, the second space formed by the partition portion 1120 and the head portion 1420 of the plunger portion 1400 The size of (S2) is reduced. As a result, the pressure of the second material M2 located in the second space S2 increases, and the second material M2 can advance the partition 1120 toward the injection unit 1200.
구획부(1120)가 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 일측까지 전진하는 경우, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)은 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면과 구획부(1120)의 내주면이 형성하는 공간을 통하여 연통될 수 있으며, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 상기 공간을 통하여 혼합될 수 있다.When the partition unit 1120 advances to one side of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass unit 1111 is formed, the first space S1 and the second space S2 are formed where the bypass unit 1111 is formed. The inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and the inner peripheral surface of the partition 1120 may communicate through a space formed, and the first material M1 and the second material M2 may be mixed through the space.
일 실시예로, 구획부(1120)는 고무 등 탄성재질로 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 구획부(1120)의 탄성력에 의하여 구획부(1120)의 외주면과 수용본체(1110)의 내주면이 밀착 접촉될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the partition 1120 may be formed of an elastic material such as rubber. As a result, the outer circumferential surface of the partition 1120 and the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110 may come into close contact due to the elastic force of the partition 1120.
도 2, 도 3, 도 6을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 주입부(1200)는 수용본체(1110) 및 필터부와 각각 연결되며, 수용본체(1110)에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1) 및 제2 물질(M2) 중 적어도 하나의 배출 경로를 제공할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2, 3, and 6, the injection unit 1200 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is connected to the receiving body 1110 and the filter portion, respectively, and the first filter received in the receiving body 1110 An discharge path for at least one of the material M1 and the second material M2 may be provided.
일 실시예로, 주입부(1200)는 외관을 형성하는 주입본체(1210)를 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the injection unit 1200 may include an injection body 1210 that forms the exterior.
도 6을 참조하면, 주입부(1200)의 일측에는 본체부(1100)의 내부 공간과 연통되는 주입홀부(1210h)가 형성되고, 상기 일측에 대향하는 타측에는 본체부(1100)의 상기 내부 공간 및 주입홀부(1210h)와 각각 연통되는 배기홀부(1214)가 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 6, an injection hole 1210h is formed on one side of the injection unit 1200 and communicates with the internal space of the main body 1100, and on the other side opposite to the one side, the internal space of the main body 1100 is formed. and an exhaust hole portion 1214 that communicates with the injection hole portion 1210h, respectively, may be formed.
또한, 수용본체(1110)와 마주보는 주입본체(1210)의 일면에는 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간과 연통되는 유입홀부(1212)가 형성될 수 있다.Additionally, an inlet hole portion 1212 communicating with the internal space of the receiving body 1110 may be formed on one side of the injection body 1210 facing the receiving body 1110.
주입본체(1210)의 내부에는 유로부(1211)가 형성되어 있으며, 유로부(1211)는 서로 연통되는 제1 유로(1211a), 제2 유로(1211b)를 포함할 수 있다. A flow path portion 1211 is formed inside the injection body 1210, and the flow path portion 1211 may include a first flow path 1211a and a second flow path 1211b that communicate with each other.
제1 유로(1211a)와 제2 유로(1211b)는 주입본체(1210)의 내부에서 약액(DS) 및 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체의 이동경로(R_G)를 제공하는 것으로써, 제1 유로(1211a)는 유입홀부(1212)와 제2 유로(1211b)를 연통시키며, 제2 유로(1211b)는 유입홀부(1212)와 연통됨과 제1 유로(1211a)의 일측을 연통시킬 수 있다. 즉, 유로부(1211)는 주입홀부(1210h), 유입홀부(1212), 배기홀부(1214)를 서로 연통시키는 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The first flow path (1211a) and the second flow path (1211b) provide a movement path (R_G) for the chemical liquid (DS) and the gas contained in the chemical liquid (DS) inside the injection body 1210. (1211a) communicates the inlet hole portion 1212 and the second flow path 1211b, and the second flow path 1211b communicates with the inlet hole portion 1212 and one side of the first flow path 1211a. That is, the flow path portion 1211 may be formed in a shape that communicates the injection hole portion 1210h, the inlet hole portion 1212, and the exhaust hole portion 1214 with each other.
일 실시예로, 유로부(1211)는 'T'자 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 'T'자의 각 단부에는 주입홀부(1210h), 유입홀부(1212), 배기홀부(1214)가 각각 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the flow path portion 1211 may be formed in a 'T' shape, and an injection hole portion 1210h, an inlet hole portion 1212, and an exhaust hole portion 1214 may be formed at each end of the 'T' shape. You can.
도 6을 참조하면, 제1 유로(1211a)와 제2 유로(1211b)는 서로 직교하면서 연결될 수 있으나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며 제1 유로(1211a)와 제2 유로(1211b)는 다양한 각도로 연결될 수 있다.Referring to Figure 6, the first flow path (1211a) and the second flow path (1211b) may be connected at right angles to each other, but are not limited to this, and the first flow path (1211a) and the second flow path (1211b) may be connected at various angles. there is.
제1 유로(1211a)는 주입홀부(1210h)보다 상대적으로 배기홀부(1214)와 인접한 제2 유로(1211b)의 일측과 연결될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제1 유로(1211a)를 통하여 제2 유로(1211b)로 유입된 기체(G)가 주입홀부(1210h) 측으로 이동하더라도 부력에 의하여 다시 배기홀부(1214) 측으로 이동할 수 있도록 하는 공간적 여유를 제공할 수 있다.The first flow path 1211a may be connected to one side of the second flow path 1211b that is relatively closer to the exhaust hole portion 1214 than the injection hole portion 1210h. As a result, even if the gas (G) flowing into the second flow path (1211b) through the first flow path (1211a) moves toward the injection hole portion (1210h), space is provided so that it can move back toward the exhaust hole portion (1214) due to buoyancy. can do.
주입본체(1210)의 외주면의 서로 다른 영역에는 주입홀부(1210h), 배기홀부(1214) 및 유입홀부(1212)이 형성되어 있으며, 주입홀부(1210h)와 배기홀부(1214)는 제2 유로(1211b)를 통하여 연통되며, 유입홀부(1212)와 제2 유로(1211b)는 제1 유로(1211a)를 통하여 연통될 수 있다.An injection hole portion 1210h, an exhaust hole portion 1214, and an inlet hole portion 1212 are formed in different areas of the outer peripheral surface of the injection main body 1210, and the injection hole portion 1210h and the exhaust hole portion 1214 are formed in a second flow path ( 1211b), and the inlet hole portion 1212 and the second flow path 1211b may be communicated through the first flow path 1211a.
주입홀부(1210h)는 환자의 체내 또는 외부 장치와 연통되며, 약물 주입 장치(1)에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 외부로 배출되는 경로를 제공하는 것으로서, 주입본체(1210)의 일면상에 홀부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The injection hole portion 1210h communicates with the patient's body or an external device, and provides a path through which the drug solution (DS) contained in the drug injection device 1 is discharged to the outside. The injection hole portion 1210h is a hole on one side of the injection body 1210. It can be formed in the shape of wealth.
주입홀부(1210h)는 배기홀부(1214)가 형성되는 주입본체(1210)의 일측과 반대되는 주입본체(1210)의 타측에 형성될 수 있다. The injection hole portion 1210h may be formed on the other side of the injection body 1210 opposite to one side of the injection body 1210 where the exhaust hole portion 1214 is formed.
도 6을 참조하면, 주입홀부(1210h)는 주입본체(1210)의 일측(도 6 기준 하측)에 형성되며, 배기홀부(1214)는 상기 일측과 반대되는 주입본체(1210)의 타측(도 6 기준 상측)에 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 주입홀부(1210h)가 지면과 마주보도록 약물 주입 장치(1)를 배치한 후 약액(DS)을 배출시키는 경우, 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)는 부력에 의하여 지면과 반대되는 방향으로 이동함으로써 약액(DS)과 분리되어 배기홀부(1214)를 통해 외부로 배기될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 6, the injection hole 1210h is formed on one side (lower side in FIG. 6) of the injection main body 1210, and the exhaust hole 1214 is formed on the other side of the injection main body 1210 (Figure 6) opposite to the one side. It can be formed on the upper side of the reference. For this reason, when the drug injection device 1 is disposed so that the injection hole 1210h faces the ground and the drug solution DS is discharged, the gas G contained in the drug solution DS moves against the ground due to buoyancy. By moving in this direction, it can be separated from the chemical solution DS and exhausted to the outside through the exhaust hole 1214.
일 실시예로, 주입홀부(1210h)와 배기홀부(1214)는 주입본체(1210) 상에서 미리 설정되는 간격을 두고 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 주입홀부(1210h)와 배기홀부(1214)를 연통시키는 제2 유로(1211b)가 상기 간격만큼 연장 형성될 수 있으므로, 제2 유로(1211b)의 내부 공간은 약액(DS)과 기체(G)가 분리될 수 있는 공간적 여유를 제공할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the injection hole portion 1210h and the exhaust hole portion 1214 may be formed at a preset interval on the injection body 1210. As a result, the second flow path 1211b that communicates the injection hole 1210h and the exhaust hole 1214 can be formed to extend by the above-mentioned gap, so the inner space of the second flow path 1211b is filled with the chemical solution (DS) and the gas (G). ) can provide space for separation.
제2 유로(1211b)는 일자관 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 주입홀부(1210h)와 배기홀부(1214)는 제2 유로(1211b)의 길이 방향 중심축 상에 형성될 수 있다.The second flow path 1211b may be formed in the shape of a straight pipe, and the injection hole portion 1210h and the exhaust hole portion 1214 may be formed on the longitudinal central axis of the second flow path 1211b.
도 6을 참조하면, 배기홀부(1214)가 형성되는 주입부(1200)의 일면은 필터부와 면접촉할 수 있다. 필터부에 관련한 설명은 뒤에서 상세하게 한다.Referring to FIG. 6, one surface of the injection unit 1200 where the exhaust hole unit 1214 is formed may be in surface contact with the filter unit. A detailed explanation regarding the filter part will be provided later.
배기홀부(1214)가 형성되는 주입부(1200)의 일면에는 필터부가 안착가능한 필터안착부(1215)가 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.On one side of the injection unit 1200 where the exhaust hole unit 1214 is formed, a filter seating unit 1215 on which the filter unit can be seated may be formed in the shape of a groove.
필터안착부(1215)의 내경은 배기홀부(1214)의 내경보다 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있으며, 필터안착부(1215)의 깊이는 필터부의 두께와 동일하거나 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다.The inner diameter of the filter seating portion 1215 may be formed to be relatively larger than the inner diameter of the exhaust hole portion 1214, and the depth of the filter seating portion 1215 may be formed to be equal to or relatively larger than the thickness of the filter portion.
필터부는 필터안착부(1215)의 내주면과 면접촉할 수 있으며, 필터부와 필터안착부(1215) 사이에는 접착부재(도면 미도시)가 배치될 수 있다. 그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 필터부와 필터안착부(1215)는 다양한 방식으로 연결될 수 있다.The filter portion may be in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the filter seating portion 1215, and an adhesive member (not shown) may be disposed between the filter portion and the filter seating portion 1215. However, it is not limited to this, and the filter unit and the filter seating unit 1215 may be connected in various ways.
도 2, 도 3, 도 6을 참조하면, 수용본체(1110)와 마주보는 주입본체(1210)의 일면에는 수용본체(1110)의 체결부(1115)가 안착가능한 체결홈부가 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 체결홈부는 유입홀부(1212)가 형성되는 주입본체(1210)의 일영역 상에 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2, 3, and 6, a fastening groove into which the fastening portion 1115 of the receiving body 1110 can be seated may be formed on one surface of the injection body 1210 facing the receiving body 1110. Specifically, the fastening groove may be formed on an area of the injection body 1210 where the inlet hole 1212 is formed.
체결홈부의 내경은 체결부(1115)의 외경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 작게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 체결부(1115)가 체결홈부에 억지끼움 방식으로 삽입됨으로써, 약액(DS)이 체결부(1115)와 체결홈부 사이 공간으로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The inner diameter of the fastening groove may be the same as the outer diameter of the fastening portion 1115 or may be relatively small. As a result, the fastening part 1115 is inserted into the fastening groove in an interference fit manner, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the fastening part 1115 and the fastening groove.
그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 체결홈부의 내경은 체결부(1115)의 외경보다 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다.However, it is not limited to this, and the inner diameter of the fastening groove may be formed to be relatively larger than the outer diameter of the fastening portion 1115.
체결홈부가 형성되는 주입본체(1210)의 일면에는 수용본체(1110)의 일측에 삽입가능한 삽입부가 돌출 형성될 수 있으며, 삽입부는 외주면이 체결홈부의 내주면과 마주보도록 배치될 수 있다.On one side of the injection body 1210 where the fastening groove is formed, an insertion portion insertable into one side of the receiving body 1110 may be formed to protrude, and the insertion portion may be arranged so that its outer peripheral surface faces the inner peripheral surface of the fastening groove.
일 실시예로, 삽입부가 일방향(도 3 기준 X축 방향)돌출되는 길이는 체결홈부의 상기 일방향 깊이보다 상대적으로 작게 형성될 수 있다. In one embodiment, the length at which the insertion part protrudes in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 3) may be relatively smaller than the depth of the fastening groove in one direction.
삽입부의 외경은 전방개구부(1115h) 직경 또는 체결부(1115)의 내경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 삽입부가 전방개구부(1115h)에 억지끼움 방식으로 삽입되어, 삽입부와 체결부(1115)의 내주면이 견고하게 면접촉함으로써, 약액(DS)이 삽입부와 체결부(1115) 사이 공간으로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The outer diameter of the insertion portion may be the same as or relatively larger than the diameter of the front opening 1115h or the inner diameter of the fastening portion 1115. As a result, the insertion part is inserted into the front opening 1115h in an interference fit manner, and the inner peripheral surface of the insertion part and the fastening part 1115 make firm surface contact, so that the chemical solution DS enters the space between the insertion part and the fastening part 1115. Leakage can be prevented.
그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 삽입부의 외경은 전방개구부(1115h) 직경 또는 체결부(1115)의 내경보다 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다. However, it is not limited to this, and the outer diameter of the insertion portion may be relatively larger than the diameter of the front opening 1115h or the inner diameter of the fastening portion 1115.
수용본체(1110)와 마주보는 삽입부의 일면에는 유입홀부(1212)가 형성될 수 있으며, 삽입부가 전방개구부(1115h)에 삽입됨으로써 유입홀부(1212)와 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간이 연통될 수 있다. An inlet hole portion 1212 may be formed on one side of the insertion portion facing the receiving body 1110, and the insertion portion may be inserted into the front opening 1115h so that the inlet hole portion 1212 and the internal space of the receiving body 1110 may communicate. You can.
선택적 실시예로, 삽입부의 외주면에는 별도의 실링부재가 안착가능한 홈부(도면 미도시)가 둘레방향으로 따라 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 상기 홈부에 안착된 실링부재가 삽입부의 외주면 및 체결부(1115)의 내주면과 각각 밀착 접촉함으로써, 약액(DS)이 삽입부와 체결부(1115) 사이 공간으로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.In an optional embodiment, a groove (not shown) in which a separate sealing member can be seated may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the insertion part. As a result, the sealing member seated in the groove is in close contact with the outer peripheral surface of the insertion portion and the inner peripheral surface of the fastening portion 1115, respectively, thereby preventing the chemical solution DS from leaking into the space between the insertion portion and the fastening portion 1115. .
도 2, 도 3, 도 6을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 필터부는 본체부(1100)의 내부 공간과 외부 공간을 연통시키는 경로상에 배치되며, 제1 물질(M1) 및 제2 물질(M2) 중 적어도 하나 이상에 포함되는 기체(G)를 선택적으로 배출할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 2, 3, and 6, the filter unit according to the first embodiment of the present invention is disposed on a path that communicates the inner space and the outer space of the main body portion 1100, and includes a first material (M1) and The gas (G) included in at least one of the second materials (M2) can be selectively discharged.
구체적으로 필터부는 배기홀부(1214)가 형성되는 주입본체(1210)의 일면과 면접촉할 수 있으며, 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)를 선택적으로 배기할 수 있다.Specifically, the filter unit can be in surface contact with one surface of the injection body 1210 where the exhaust hole 1214 is formed, and can selectively exhaust the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS.
선택적 실시예로, 필터부는 일측이 배기홀부(1214) 내지 제2 유로(1211b)에 삽입될 수 있는 등 액체가 배기홀부(1214)를 통해 외부를 배출되는 것을 제한할 수 있는 기술적 사상안에서 다양한 변형 실시가 가능하다.In an optional embodiment, one side of the filter unit may be inserted into the exhaust hole 1214 to the second flow path 1211b, and various modifications are made within the technical idea of limiting liquid from being discharged to the outside through the exhaust hole 1214. Implementation is possible.
필터부는 폴리카보네이트 멤브레인 필터(polycarbonate membrane filter), 나일론 멤브레인 필터(nylon membrane filter), 폴리술폰 멤브레인 필터(polysulfone membrane filter), 플루오르화 폴리비닐리덴 멤브레인 필터(polyvinylidene fluoride membrane filter), 셀룰로오스 아세테이트 멤브레인 필터(cellulose acetate membrane filter), 폴리테트라플루오로에틸렌 멤브레인 필터(polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter) 등 기체(G)를 선택적으로 투과시킬 수 있는 다양한 필터로 이루어질 수 있다.The filter unit includes a polycarbonate membrane filter, a nylon membrane filter, a polysulfone membrane filter, a polyvinylidene fluoride membrane filter, and a cellulose acetate membrane filter ( It can be made of various filters that can selectively transmit gas (G), such as a cellulose acetate membrane filter and a polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter.
도 6을 참조하면, 유입홀부(1212) 및 제1 유로(1211a)를 통해 제2 유로(1211b)로 유입된 약액(DS)에는 기체(G)가 포함될 수 있다. 제2 유로(1211b)로 유입된 기체(G)는 배기홀부(1214) 측으로 이동하여 필터부를 통과하여 외부로 배기되게 되며, 기체(G)가 배기되어 기체(G)포화도가 감소된 약액(DS)은 주입홀부(1210h)를 통하여 외부로 배출되게 된다.Referring to FIG. 6, the chemical solution DS flowing into the second flow path 1211b through the inlet hole 1212 and the first flow path 1211a may include gas G. The gas (G) flowing into the second flow path (1211b) moves toward the exhaust hole portion (1214), passes through the filter unit, and is exhausted to the outside. The gas (G) is exhausted and the gas (G) saturation is reduced (DS). ) is discharged to the outside through the injection hole 1210h.
도 1 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 플런저부(1400)는 본체부(1100)의 일측에 삽입되어 미리 설정되는 구간에서 이동가능한 것으로써, 로드부(1410), 헤드부(1420)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 1 to 4, the plunger portion 1400 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is inserted into one side of the main body 1100 and is movable in a preset section, and includes a rod portion 1410, It may include a head portion 1420.
플런저부(1400)는 수용본체(1110) 내부에서 미리 설정되는 방향으로 이동할 수 있으며, 플런저부(1400)가 이동함에 따라 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 선택적으로 연통될 수 있다.The plunger part 1400 can move in a preset direction inside the receiving body 1110, and as the plunger part 1400 moves, the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) can be selectively communicated. there is.
로드부(1410)는 샤프트의 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 로드부(1410)의 일측은 수용본체(1110)의 내주면과 면접촉하면서 수용본체(1110)의 내부에 삽입될 수 있다.The rod portion 1410 may be formed in the shape of a shaft, and one side of the rod portion 1410 may be inserted into the interior of the receiving body 1110 while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110.
로드부(1410)는 수용본체(1110)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있으며, 로드부(1410)는 길이 방향 중심축을 따라 수용본체(1110) 내부에서 슬라이딩 이동이 가능할 수 있다.The rod unit 1410 may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 1110, and the rod unit 1410 may be capable of sliding movement within the receiving body 1110 along the longitudinal central axis.
수용본체(1110)에 삽입되는 로드부(1410)의 일단부와 대향하는 타단부는, 뒤에 설명할 캡부(1520)와 연결될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 사용자가 캡부(1520)에 일방향(도 4 기준 X축 방향)으로 힘을 인가하면, 캡부(1520)와 연결되는 로드부(1410)가 상기 일방향으로 따라 이동하면서 헤드부(1420) 및 약액(DS)에 힘을 전달할 수 있다.The other end opposite to one end of the rod part 1410 inserted into the receiving body 1110 may be connected to the cap part 1520, which will be described later. Due to this, when the user applies force to the cap part 1520 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 4), the rod part 1410 connected to the cap part 1520 moves in this one direction, and the head part 1420 and the chemical liquid Force can be transmitted to (DS).
헤드부(1420)는 수용본체(1110)의 내부에 위치하여 로드부(1410)가 이동함에 따라 로드부(1410)와 선택적으로 접촉가능한 것으로, 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 슬라이딩 이동이 가능하다.The head portion 1420 is located inside the receiving body 1110 and can selectively contact the rod portion 1410 as the rod portion 1410 moves, and slides while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110. Movement is possible.
도 3, 도 4를 참조하면, 헤드부(1420)는 수용본체(1110)의 내측에 위치하며, 구획부(1120)와 후방개구부(1110h)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 일영역 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 이를 통해, 구획부(1120)의 일면, 헤드부(1420)의 일면 및 수용본체(1110)의 내주면이 밀폐 공간인 제2 공간(S2)을 형성할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 3 and 4, the head portion 1420 is located inside the receiving body 1110, and is located between an area of the receiving body 1110 where the partition 1120 and the rear opening 1110h are formed. can be placed. Through this, one side of the partition portion 1120, one side of the head portion 1420, and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 can form a second space S2, which is a closed space.
일 실시예로, 헤드부(1420)는 원통형 형상으로 형성될 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며 헤드부(1420)의 단면은 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 형상에 대응되도록 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the head portion 1420 may be formed in a cylindrical shape, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and the cross section of the head portion 1420 may be formed to correspond to the shape of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110.
헤드부(1420)의 외경은 수용본체(1110)의 내경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 헤드부(1420)가 수용본체(1110)의 내주면에 억지끼워져 면접촉할 수 있으며, 이를통해 수용본체(1110)에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1) 또는 제2 물질(M2)이 헤드부(1420)와 수용본체(1110) 사이로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The outer diameter of the head portion 1420 may be the same as the inner diameter of the receiving body 1110 or may be formed to be relatively large. Due to this, the head portion 1420 can be forcefully fitted to the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 and make surface contact, and through this, the first material (M1) or the second material (M2) accommodated in the receiving body 1110 is connected to the head portion. Leakage between (1420) and the receiving body (1110) can be prevented.
일 실시예로, 헤드부(1420)는 고무 등 탄성재질로 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 헤드부(1420)의 탄성력에 의하여 헤드부(1420)의 외주면과 수용본체(1110)의 내주면이 밀착 접촉될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the head portion 1420 may be formed of an elastic material such as rubber. As a result, the outer peripheral surface of the head unit 1420 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 may be brought into close contact due to the elastic force of the head unit 1420.
헤드부(1420)와 구획부(1120)는 서로 동일한 형상으로 형성될 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며 헤드부(1420)는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하여, 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간과 외부 공간을 구획할 수 있는 기술적 사상안에서 다양한 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The head portion 1420 and the partition portion 1120 may be formed in the same shape, but are not limited thereto. The head portion 1420 is in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, and the receiving body 1110 It can be formed into various shapes within the technical idea of dividing the internal and external spaces of.
선택적 실시예로, 헤드부(1420)는 로드부(1410)와 일체로 형성될 수 있다.In an optional embodiment, the head portion 1420 may be formed integrally with the rod portion 1410.
도 1, 도 2를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 하우징부(1500)는 약물 주입 장치(1)의 외관을 형성하는 것으로써, 하우징본체(1510), 캡부(1520)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 1 and 2, the housing portion 1500 according to the first embodiment of the present invention forms the exterior of the drug injection device 1 and includes a housing body 1510 and a cap portion 1520. can do.
하우징본체(1510)는 주입부(1200)와 본체부(1100)를 커버하는 것으로, 외부로부터 주입부(1200)와 본체부(1100)를 보호함과 동시에, 주입부(1200)와 본체부(1100)를 위치 고정시킬 수 있다.The housing body 1510 covers the injection unit 1200 and the main body 1100, and protects the injection unit 1200 and the main body 1100 from the outside, while also protecting the injection unit 1200 and the main body (1100). 1100) can be fixed in position.
본체부(1100)가 위치하는 영역에 대응되는 하우징본체(1510)의 일면에는 표지개구부(1510h)가 홀부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 사용자가 표지개구부(1510h)를 통해 본체부(1100), 제1 물질(M1) 및 제2 물질(M2)의 동작, 약액(DS)의 혼합 정도, 약액(DS)의 잔여 정도 등을 관찰할 수 있다.A label opening 1510h may be formed in the shape of a hole on one surface of the housing main body 1510 corresponding to the area where the main body 1100 is located. As a result, the user can check the operation of the main body 1100, the first material (M1) and the second material (M2), the degree of mixing of the chemical solution (DS), the remaining degree of the chemical solution (DS), etc. through the label opening 1510h. It can be observed.
주입홀부(1210h)가 위치하는 영역에 대응되는 하우징본체(1510)의 일면에는 하우징개구부(1511)가 홀부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 주입홀부(1210h)가 형성되는 주입본체(1210)의 일측이 하우징개구부(1511)를 관통하여 외부로 노출이 가능하므로, 약액(DS)이 주입홀부(1210h)를 통해 하우징본체(1510)의 외부로 배출될 수 있다.A housing opening 1511 may be formed in the shape of a hole on one surface of the housing body 1510 corresponding to the area where the injection hole 1210h is located. As a result, one side of the injection main body 1210 where the injection hole 1210h is formed can be exposed to the outside through the housing opening 1511, so that the chemical solution DS enters the housing main body 1510 through the injection hole 1210h. may be discharged to the outside.
도 1 내지 도 4를 참조하면, 캡부(1520)는 하우징부(1500)의 일단부 및 플런저부(1400)와 각각 연결될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 1 to 4 , the cap portion 1520 may be connected to one end of the housing portion 1500 and the plunger portion 1400, respectively.
구체적으로 캡부(1520)는 하우징부(1500)와 상대이동이 가능하게 연결될 수 있으며, 플런저부(1400)와 위치 고정되게 연결될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 사용자가 캡부(1520)에 일방향(도 3 기준 X축 방향)으로 힘을 인가하는 경우, 캡부(1520)가 하우징부(1500)와 면접촉하면서 상기 일방향으로 이동하게 되며, 캡부(1520)와 위치 고정되게 연결되는 플런저부(1400)도 상기 일방향으로 이동하면서 제1 물질(M1), 제2 물질(M2) 및 구획부(1120) 중 적어도 하나에 상기 일방향으로 압력을 인가할 수 있다.Specifically, the cap portion 1520 may be connected to the housing portion 1500 to enable relative movement, and may be connected to the plunger portion 1400 in a fixed position. Due to this, when the user applies force to the cap portion 1520 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 3), the cap portion 1520 moves in the one direction while making surface contact with the housing portion 1500, and the cap portion 1520 The plunger portion 1400, which is fixedly connected to the surface, may also move in the one direction and apply pressure in the one direction to at least one of the first material M1, the second material M2, and the partition portion 1120.
이하, 본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(1)의 작동원리 및 효과를 설명하고자 한다. Hereinafter, the operating principle and effects of the drug injection device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described.
본 명세서에서 작동원리 및 방법을 시계열적으로 설명하는 것은 설명의 편의를 위한 것이며, 이하에서 설명하는 작동원리 및 방법 등은 설명의 순서에 한정되는 것은 아니고 동시에 이루어질 수 있다.In this specification, the operating principles and methods are described in chronological order for convenience of explanation, and the operating principles and methods described below are not limited to the order of explanation and can be performed simultaneously.
본 발명의 제1 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(1)는 플런저부(1400)가 이동함에 따라 본체부(1100) 내부 공간에 형성되는 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 선택적으로 연통되어, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)에 각각 수용되는 물질들이 서로 혼합되는 장치에 관한 것이다.In the drug injection device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention, the first space S1 and the second space S2 formed in the inner space of the main body 1100 are selectively formed as the plunger portion 1400 moves. It relates to a device in which substances contained in the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are mixed with each other.
도 3, 도 4, 도 5a를 참조하면, 구획부(1120)는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 둘레를 따라 면접촉하면서, 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간을 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)으로 구획할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 3, 4, and 5A, the partition 1120 makes surface contact along the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, and divides the internal space of the receiving body 1110 into the first space S1 and the second space S1. It can be divided into space (S2).
이하에서, '제1 공간(S1)'은 구획부(1120)를 기준으로 주입부(1200)와 인접한 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간으로 해석될 수 있으며, '제2 공간(S2)'은 구획부(1120)를 기준을 플런저부(1400)와 인접한 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간으로 해석될 수 있다.Hereinafter, the 'first space (S1)' can be interpreted as the internal space of the receiving body 1110 adjacent to the injection part 1200 based on the partition 1120, and the 'second space (S2)' is The partition portion 1120 can be interpreted as the internal space of the receiving body 1110 adjacent to the plunger portion 1400.
제1 공간(S1)은 수용본체(1110)의 내주면, 구획부(1120)의 일면, 전방개구부(1115h)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 일면으로 형성될 수 있으며, 제1 공간(S1)에는 수용액 등 액체와 같은 제1 물질(M1)이 수용될 수 있다.The first space S1 may be formed by the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, one side of the partition 1120, and one side of the receiving body 1110 on which the front opening 1115h is formed, and the first space S1 A first material (M1) such as a liquid such as an aqueous solution may be accommodated.
제2 공간(S2)은 수용본체(1110)의 내주면, 구획부(1120)의 상기 일면과 다른 타면, 헤드부(1420)의 일면으로 형성될 수 있으며, 제2 공간(S2)에는 약물과 같은 제2 물질(M2)이 수용될 수 있다.The second space (S2) may be formed by the inner circumferential surface of the receiving body 1110, the other side of the partition 1120, and one side of the head 1420. The second space S2 includes drugs such as drugs. A second material (M2) can be accommodated.
구획부(1120)의 직경은 수용본체(1110)의 직경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 크게 형성되어 구획부(1120)의 외주면과 수용본체(1110)의 내주면의 견고하게 면접촉할 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 구획됨으로써, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 접촉하는 것을 제한할 수 있다.The diameter of the partition 1120 is the same as or relatively large than the diameter of the receiving body 1110, so that the outer peripheral surface of the partition 1120 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110 can be firmly surface-contacted. As a result, the first space S1 and the second space S2 are partitioned, thereby limiting contact between the first material M1 and the second material M2.
도 3, 도 4, 도 5b를 참조하면, 사용자가 캡부(1520)에 힘을 인가하는 경우 캡부(1520)와 연결되는 로드부(1410)는 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향을 따라 이동하게 된다.Referring to FIGS. 3, 4, and 5B, when a user applies force to the cap portion 1520, the rod portion 1410 connected to the cap portion 1520 moves along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110. .
구체적으로 로드부(1410)의 일측은 수용본체(1110)의 후방개구부(1110h)를 통해 수용본체(1110)의 내측에 위치하며, 로드부(1410)는 캡부(1520)로부터 힘을 전달받아 수용본체(1110)의 내부에서 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향으로 따라 이동하게 된다.Specifically, one side of the rod portion 1410 is located inside the receiving body 1110 through the rear opening 1110h of the receiving body 1110, and the rod portion 1410 receives force from the cap portion 1520 and receives it. Inside the main body 1110, it moves along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110.
로드부(1410)가 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향을 따라 이동함에 따라, 로드부(1410)의 일단부는 구획부(1120)와 로드부(1410) 사이에 배치되는 헤드부(1420)와 접촉하게 되며, 로드부(1410)와 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향으로 따라 일체로 이동할 수 있다.As the rod portion 1410 moves along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110, one end of the rod portion 1410 contacts the head portion 1420 disposed between the partition portion 1120 and the rod portion 1410. Thus, the rod portion 1410 and the receiving body 1110 can be moved integrally along the longitudinal direction.
헤드부(1420)가 로드부(1410)로부터 힘을 인가받아 수용본체(1110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 전진할 수 있으며, 헤드부(1420)가 전진하면서 헤드부(1420)와 구획부(1120)가 형성하는 제2 공간(S2)의 크기는 축소되게 된다. 이로 인하여 제2 공간(S2)에 수용되는 제2 물질(M2)은 구획부(1120) 측으로 밀리게 되어 구획부(1120) 또한 헤드부(1420)와 같은 방향으로 전진할 수 있다. The head portion 1420 may receive force from the rod portion 1410 and advance while making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110. As the head portion 1420 advances, the head portion 1420 and the partition portion ( The size of the second space S2 formed by 1120) is reduced. As a result, the second material M2 accommodated in the second space S2 is pushed toward the partition 1120, so that the partition 1120 can also advance in the same direction as the head part 1420.
구획부(1120)는 제2 물질(M2)로부터 힘을 인가받아 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 영역으로 이동할 수 있다. 바이패스부(1111)는 수용본체(1110)의 내주면으로부터 외측으로 오목하게 형성되는 홈부의 형상으로 형성되므로, 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 내부 공간의 단면적은 구획부(1120)의 단면적보다 상대적으로 넓다. The partition portion 1120 may receive force from the second material M2 and move to the area where the bypass portion 1111 is formed. Since the bypass portion 1111 is formed in the shape of a groove concave outward from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 1110, the cross-sectional area of the internal space of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass portion 1111 is formed is the partition area. It is relatively wider than the cross-sectional area of (1120).
이로 인하여 구획부(1120)가 바이패스부(1111)가 형성되는 수용본체(1110)의 내부 영역에 위치하는 경우, 구획부(1120)의 외주면과 바이패스부(1111)의 내주면이 형성하는 공간으로 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 연통됨으로써, 제1 공간(S1)에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 공간(S2)에 수용되는 제2 물질(M2)이 서로 혼합될 수 있다.For this reason, when the partition 1120 is located in the inner area of the receiving body 1110 where the bypass part 1111 is formed, the space formed by the outer peripheral surface of the partition 1120 and the inner peripheral surface of the bypass part 1111 As the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are communicated, the first material (M1) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second material (M2) accommodated in the second space (S2) can be mixed with each other.
도 3, 도 4, 도 5c를 참조하면, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 바이패스부(1111)를 통하여 혼합되어 약액(DS)을 생성할 수 있으며, 플런저부(1400)가 수용본체(1110)의 길이 방향을 따라 계속 전진함에 따라 수용본체(1110) 내부에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 수용본체(1110)의 외부로 배출될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 3, 4, and 5C, the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) may be mixed through the bypass portion 1111 to generate a chemical solution (DS), and the plunger portion 1400 ) continues to advance along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 1110, the chemical solution (DS) accommodated inside the receiving body 1110 may be discharged to the outside of the receiving body 1110.
도 5c, 도 6을 참조하면, 수용본체(1110)의 체결부(1115)는 체결홈부에 안착됨과 동시에, 수용본체(1110)의 전방개구부(1115h)에 주입본체(1210)의 삽입부가 삽입됨으로써, 수용본체(1110)와 주입본체(1210)가 결합될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 5C and 6, the fastening portion 1115 of the receiving body 1110 is seated in the fastening groove and at the same time, the insertion portion of the injection body 1210 is inserted into the front opening 1115h of the receiving body 1110. , the receiving body 1110 and the injection body 1210 may be combined.
주입본체(1210)의 일면에는 약액(DS)이 배출되는 경로를 제공하는 주입홀부(1210h)가 형성되며, 상기 일면과 다른 타면에는 기체(G)가 배기되는 배기홀부(1214)가 형성된다. An injection hole 1210h is formed on one side of the injection body 1210 to provide a path through which the chemical solution DS is discharged, and an exhaust hole 1214 through which the gas G is exhausted is formed on the other side of the injection body 1210.
또한, 주입본체(1210)의 내부에는 제1 유로(1211a) 및 제1 유로(1211a)와 연통되는 제2 유로(1211b)가 형성되며, 제2 유로(1211b)는 주입홀부(1210h)와 배기홀부(1214)를 연통하는 관의 형상으로 형성되고, 제1 유로(1211a)는 유입홀부(1212)와 제2 유로(1211b)의 일측을 연통하는 관의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.In addition, a first flow path 1211a and a second flow path 1211b communicating with the first flow path 1211a are formed inside the injection main body 1210, and the second flow path 1211b is connected to the injection hole 1210h and the exhaust. It is formed in the shape of a pipe communicating with the hole portion 1214, and the first flow path 1211a may be formed in the shape of a pipe communicating with one side of the inlet hole portion 1212 and the second flow path 1211b.
수용본체(1110)의 수용되는 약액(DS)은 플런저부(1400)가 이동함에 따라 유입홀부(1212)를 통해 제1 유로(1211a)로 유입될 수 있으며, 제1 유로(1211a)로 유입된 약액(DS)은 제2 유로(1211b)로 이동하게 된다.The chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the receiving body 1110 may flow into the first flow path 1211a through the inflow hole 1212 as the plunger part 1400 moves, and may flow into the first flow path 1211a. The chemical solution DS moves to the second flow path 1211b.
제2 유로(1211b)로 이동한 약액(DS)은 기체(G)를 포함할 수 있으며, 기체(G)는 배기홀부(1214) 측으로 이동하여 기체(G)를 선택적으로 투과시키는 필터부를 통과함으로써 외부로 배기될 수 있으며, 기체(G)를 포함하지 않거나 기체(G) 포화도가 낮은 약액(DS)은 필터부를 통과하지 못하며 주입홀부(1210h)를 통해 외부로 배출될 수 있다.The chemical solution (DS) moving to the second flow path (1211b) may include gas (G), and the gas (G) moves toward the exhaust hole portion 1214 and passes through the filter unit that selectively transmits the gas (G). It can be discharged to the outside, and the chemical solution (DS) that does not contain gas (G) or has a low gas (G) saturation does not pass through the filter unit and can be discharged to the outside through the injection hole portion (1210h).
즉, 제2 유로(1211b)는 필터부를 통해 기체(G)만을 선택적으로 통과시키는 배기홀부(1214)와 약액(DS)이 배출가능한 주입홀부(1210h)와 각각 연통됨으로써, 기체의 이동경로(R_G)와 약액의 이동경로(R_DS)를 동시에 제공할 수 있다.That is, the second flow path 1211b communicates with the exhaust hole 1214, which selectively allows only the gas G to pass through the filter unit, and the injection hole 1210h, which allows the chemical solution DS to be discharged, respectively, so that the gas movement path R_G ) and the movement path (R_DS) of the chemical solution can be provided at the same time.
이로 인하여 배기홀부(1214) 및 필터부가 약액의 이동경로(R_DS)와 구별되는 기체의 이동경로(R_G)를 제공하여 약액(DS)의 기체(G) 포화도를 낮춤으로써, 기체(G) 포화도가 높은 약액(DS)이 환자의 체내에 주입되어 발생하는 악영향을 감소시킬 수 있다.As a result, the exhaust hole unit 1214 and the filter unit provide a gas movement path (R_G) that is distinct from the chemical liquid movement path (R_DS), thereby lowering the gas (G) saturation of the chemical liquid (DS), thereby increasing the gas (G) saturation. It can reduce the adverse effects that occur when a high chemical solution (DS) is injected into the patient's body.
이하, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(2)에 관한 설명을 한다.Hereinafter, the drug injection device 2 according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 7은 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사시도이다. 도 8은 도 7의 III-III`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다. 도 9는 도 7의 IV-IV`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다. 도 10은 도 7의 V-V`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다. 도 11은 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 플런저부의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 도 12a 내지 도 12e는 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 도 13은 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 수용본체, 제1 플런저 및 제2 플런저의 결합상태를 설명하기 위한 분해도이다. 도 14는 도 13의 B부분을 확대하여 분해한 분해도이다.Figure 7 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a second embodiment of the present invention. Figure 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III' in Figure 7. Figure 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV' in Figure 7. Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line V-V' of Figure 7. Figure 11 is a diagram for explaining the use state of the plunger portion according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Figures 12A to 12E are diagrams for explaining the state of use of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Figure 13 is an exploded view to explain the combined state of the receiving body, the first plunger, and the second plunger of the drug injection device according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Figure 14 is an exploded view of part B of Figure 13 enlarged.
도 7 내지 도 9를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(2)는 본체부(2100), 수용부(2200), 플런저부(2300), 필터부(2600)를 포함할 수 있다.7 to 9, the drug injection device 2 according to the second embodiment of the present invention includes a main body portion 2100, a receiving portion 2200, a plunger portion 2300, and a filter portion 2600. can do.
본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 본체부(2100)는 약물 주입 장치(2)의 외관을 형성하는 것으로써, 일단부에 주입홀부(2110)가 형성되는 중공관 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The main body portion 2100 according to the second embodiment of the present invention forms the exterior of the drug injection device 2 and may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube with an injection hole portion 2110 formed at one end.
주입홀부(2110)는 본체부(2100) 내부에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 외부로 배출되는 배출경로를 제공하는 것으로써, 주입홀부(2110)는 플런저부(2300)가 배치되는 본체부(2100)의 일단부와 대향하는 타단부 상에서 홀부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The injection hole portion 2110 provides a discharge path through which the chemical solution (DS) contained within the main body portion 2100 is discharged to the outside. The injection hole portion 2110 is the main body portion 2100 on which the plunger portion 2300 is disposed. ) may be formed in the shape of a hole portion on the other end opposite to one end of the.
일 실시예로, 주입홀부(2110)에는 본체부(2100)의 내부 공간과 외부 공간을 연통하는 바늘(도면 부호 미설정)이 삽입될 수 있다.In one embodiment, a needle (reference numeral not set) that communicates the internal space and external space of the main body 2100 may be inserted into the injection hole 2110.
본체부(2100) 내부에는 수용부(2200)가 본체부(2100)의 내주면 둘레를 따라 면접촉하면서 삽입될 수 있으며, 플런저부(2300)의 일측이 본체부(2100)의 내부에 삽입될 수 있다.The receiving part 2200 may be inserted into the main body 2100 while making surface contact along the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100, and one side of the plunger part 2300 may be inserted into the main body 2100. there is.
도 9, 도 10를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 본체부(2100)의 내측 일면에는 통과홈부(2120)가 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 9 and 10, a passing groove 2120 may be formed on one inner surface of the main body 2100 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
통과홈부(2120)는 주입홀부(2110)를 지나는 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 구체적으로 통과홈부(2120)의 내주면은 주입홀부(2110)의 내주면과 연결될 수 있으며, 약액(DS)이 통과홈부(2120)를 따라 주입홀부(2110)로 유동하여 외부로 배출될 수 있다.The passage groove 2120 may be formed in the shape of a groove that passes through the injection hole 2110. Specifically, the inner peripheral surface of the passage groove 2120 may be connected to the inner peripheral surface of the injection hole 2110, and the chemical solution (DS) may pass through. It may flow into the injection hole 2110 along the groove 2120 and be discharged to the outside.
통과홈부(2120)는 십(十)자 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 통과홈부(2120)는 주입홀부(2110)가 형성되는 본체부(2100)의 내측 일면 상에서 주입홀부(2110)와 교차하도록 배치되어, 약액(DS)이 주입홀부(2110)를 유동하도록 배출경로를 제공하는 기술적 사상안에서 다양한 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The passage groove 2120 may be formed in the shape of a cross. However, it is not limited to this, and the passage groove 2120 is disposed to intersect the injection hole 2110 on one inner surface of the main body 2100 where the injection hole 2110 is formed, so that the chemical solution DS flows through the injection hole 2110. ) can be formed in various shapes within the technical idea of providing a discharge path to flow.
이로 인하여 도 12c를 참조하면, 제1 플런저(2400)가 주입홀부(2110) 측으로 전진하는 경우, 뒤에 설명할 구획부(2420)가 주입홀부(2110)가 형성되는 본체부(2100)의 내측 일면과 면접촉하더라도, 통과홈부(2120)가 본체부(2100)의 내부 공간과 주입홀부(2110)를 연통시킴으로써, 본체부(2100)에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 외부로 배출될 수 있는 경로를 제공할 수 있다.For this reason, referring to FIG. 12C, when the first plunger 2400 advances toward the injection hole portion 2110, the partition portion 2420, which will be described later, is formed on one inner surface of the main body portion 2100 where the injection hole portion 2110 is formed. Even if surface contact is made, the passage groove portion 2120 communicates the internal space of the main body portion 2100 with the injection hole portion 2110, creating a path through which the chemical solution (DS) contained in the main body portion 2100 can be discharged to the outside. can be provided.
도 7을 참조하면, 본체부(2100)의 일측에는 외력을 받아 선택적으로 위치가 변경될 수 있는 제1 스위치부(2130)가 배치될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 7 , a first switch unit 2130 whose position can be selectively changed by receiving an external force may be disposed on one side of the main body unit 2100.
일 실시예로, 제1 스위치부(2130)는 뒤에 설명할 제1 플런저(2400)의 이동제한부(2432)와 마주보는 본체부(2100)의 일면 상에 형성될 수 있으며, 상기 본체부(2100)의 일면이 'U'자로 커팅되어 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first switch portion 2130 may be formed on one side of the main body portion 2100 facing the movement limiting portion 2432 of the first plunger 2400, which will be described later, and the main body portion ( 2100) can be formed by cutting one side into a 'U' shape.
제1 스위치부(2130)는 복수 개가 구비될 수 있으며, 복수 개의 제1 스위치부(2130)는 서로 본체부(2100)의 길이 방향 중심축을 기준으로 미리 설정되는 각도를 이루면서 배치될 수 있다.A plurality of first switch units 2130 may be provided, and the plurality of first switch units 2130 may be arranged at a preset angle with respect to the longitudinal central axis of the main body 2100.
그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 제1 스위치부(2130)는 이동제한부(2432)와 마주보는 본체부(2100)의 일면 상에 배치되며, 외부로부터 힘을 인가받아 이동제한부(2432)와 선택적으로 접촉할 수 있는 기술적 사상안에서 다양한 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.However, it is not limited to this, and the first switch unit 2130 is disposed on one side of the main body 2100 facing the movement restriction unit 2432, and selectively operates with the movement restriction unit 2432 by receiving a force from the outside. It can be formed into various shapes within the technical ideas that can be contacted.
도 8, 도 9를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 수용부(2200)는 본체부(2100)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능한 것으로, 내부가 중공으로 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8 and 9, the receiving portion 2200 according to the second embodiment of the present invention is movable while making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, and may have a hollow interior.
수용부(2200)는 중공관 형상으로 형성되며, 본체부(2100)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하는 수용본체(2210)를 포함할 수 있다.The receiving part 2200 is formed in the shape of a hollow tube and may include a receiving body 2210 in surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100.
구체적으로 수용본체(2210)는 본체부(2100)보다 길이가 상대적으로 짧은 중공관 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 수용본체(2210)의 외주면은 본체부(2100)의 내주면과 면접촉하며, 수용본체(2210)의 내주면은 구획부(2420) 및 뒤에 설명할 헤드부(2520)와 각각 면접촉할 수 있다.Specifically, the receiving body 2210 may be formed in the shape of a hollow tube whose length is relatively shorter than the main body 2100, and the outer peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 is in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100, and the receiving body 2100 The inner peripheral surface of 2210 may be in surface contact with the partition portion 2420 and the head portion 2520, which will be described later.
수용본체(2210)의 내주면은 구획부(2420)의 외주면과 슬라이딩 이동이 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. The inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 may be connected to the outer peripheral surface of the partition portion 2420 to enable sliding movement.
이로 인하여 도 12a를 참조하면, 제1 플런저(2400)가 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 이동하는 경우, 구획부(2420)의 외주면은 수용본체(2210)의 내주면과 접촉하면서 상기 일방향으로 이동하여 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 연통시킬 수 있고, 이 경우 구획부(2420)의 이동은 수용본체(2210)의 위치에 영향을 주지 않는다.For this reason, referring to FIG. 12a, when the first plunger 2400 moves in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8), the outer peripheral surface of the partition portion 2420 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 and moves in one direction. By moving, the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) can be communicated, and in this case, the movement of the partition 2420 does not affect the position of the receiving body 2210.
수용본체(2210)는 주입홀부(2110)가 형성되는 본체부(2100)의 일측과 플런저부(2300) 상에 배치될 수 있으며, 뒤에 설명할 제2 플런저(2500)가 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 이동함에 따라 수용본체(2210)는 제2 플런저(2500)와 선택적으로 접촉하면서 제2 플런저(2500)와 함께 상기 일방향으로 이동할 수 있다.The receiving body 2210 may be disposed on one side of the main body 2100 where the injection hole 2110 is formed and the plunger 2300, and the second plunger 2500, which will be described later, is oriented in one direction (X based on FIG. 8). As it moves in the axial direction, the receiving body 2210 may selectively contact the second plunger 2500 and move in one direction together with the second plunger 2500.
수용본체(2210)의 외주면에는 둘레 방향을 따라 제1 실링홈부(2211a), 제2 실링홈부(2211b)가 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.On the outer peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210, a first sealing groove portion 2211a and a second sealing groove portion 2211b may be formed in the shape of a groove portion along the circumferential direction.
제1 실링홈부(2211a)와 제2 실링홈부(2211b) 각각에는 실링부재(SL)가 안착될 수 있으며, 실링부재(SL)는 수용본체(2210) 및 본체부(2100)와 각각 접촉함으로써, 수용본체(2210)의 외주면과 본체부(2100)의 내주면간 고정력을 강화할 수 있다.A sealing member (SL) may be seated in each of the first sealing groove portion (2211a) and the second sealing groove portion (2211b), and the sealing member (SL) contacts the receiving body 2210 and the main body portion 2100, respectively, The fixing force between the outer peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 and the inner peripheral surface of the main body 2100 can be strengthened.
이로 인하여 구획부(2420)가 수용본체(2210)의 내주면과 면접촉하면서 이동하면서 구획부(2420)의 외주면과 수용본체(2210)의 내주면간 마찰력이 발생하더라도, 실링부재(SL)에 의하여 수용본체(2210)의 외주면과 본체부(2100)의 내주면간 고정력이 강화되어 수용본체(2210)의 위치가 고정될 수 있다.As a result, even if friction occurs between the outer peripheral surface of the compartment 2420 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210 as the partition 2420 moves while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210, it is accommodated by the sealing member SL. The fixing force between the outer peripheral surface of the main body 2210 and the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100 is strengthened, so that the position of the receiving body 2210 can be fixed.
선택적 실시예로, 실링홈부는 1개가 형성될 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며 실링홈부의 개수에는 제한이 없다.In an optional embodiment, one sealing groove may be formed, but the present invention is not limited thereto and there is no limit to the number of sealing grooves.
도 8, 도 9, 도 11을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 플런저부(2300)는 본체부(2100)의 일측에 삽입되며 미리 설정되는 구간에서 이동가능한 것으로써, 제1 플런저(2400), 제2 플런저(2500)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, and 11, the plunger portion 2300 according to the second embodiment of the present invention is inserted into one side of the main body 2100 and is movable in a preset section, and is connected to the first plunger. (2400), and may include a second plunger (2500).
제1 플런저(2400)는 본체부(2100)의 내부에 위치하며 수용부(2200) 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라 수용부(2200)의 내부 공간과 본체부(2100)의 내부 공간을 선택적으로 연통시킬 수 있다. The first plunger 2400 is located inside the main body 2100 and moves forward toward the receiving part 2200 to selectively communicate with the internal space of the receiving part 2200 and the internal space of the main body 2100. You can.
일 실시예로, 제1 플런저(2400)는 제1 로드부(2410), 구획부(2420), 슬라이딩본체(2430), 탄성부재(2440)를 포함할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first plunger 2400 may include a first rod portion 2410, a partition portion 2420, a sliding body 2430, and an elastic member 2440.
제1 로드부(2410)는 본체부(2100)의 길이 방향 중심축을 따라 연장되는 샤프트의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The first rod portion 2410 may be formed in the shape of a shaft extending along the longitudinal central axis of the main body portion 2100.
제1 로드부(2410)의 일단부는 구획부(2420)와 연결될 수 있으며, 상기 일단부와 다른 타단부는 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 연결될 수 있다.One end of the first rod 2410 may be connected to the partition 2420, and the other end may be connected to the sliding body 2430.
도 8, 도 9, 도 13을 참조하면, 제1 로드부(2410)는 제2 플런저(2500)를 관통하여 배치될 수 있으며, 제1 로드부(2410)는 제2 플런저(2500)와 상대 이동이 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. 구체적으로 제1 로드부(2410)는 돌출부(2513) 및 헤드부(2520)를 동시에 관통할 수 있으며, 제1 로드부(2410)는 돌출부(2513) 및 헤드부(2520)와 각각 상대 이동이 가능하게 연결될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, and 13, the first rod portion 2410 may be disposed to penetrate the second plunger 2500, and the first rod portion 2410 may be positioned relative to the second plunger 2500. It can be connected to enable movement. Specifically, the first rod 2410 may penetrate the protrusion 2513 and the head 2520 at the same time, and the first rod 2410 may move relative to the protrusion 2513 and the head 2520, respectively. Possibly connected.
즉, 제1 로드부(2410)의 일단부는 구획부(2420)와 연결되며, 제1 로드부(2410)는 제2 플런저(2500), 구체적으로 제2 로드부(2510) 및 헤드부(2520)를 관통하여 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 연결될 수 있다. That is, one end of the first rod portion 2410 is connected to the partition portion 2420, and the first rod portion 2410 is connected to the second plunger 2500, specifically the second rod portion 2510 and the head portion 2520. ) can be connected to the sliding body 2430.
이로 인하여 도 12a를 참조하면, 슬라이딩본체(2430)가 제2 로드부(2510)를 따라 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 이동하는 경우, 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 연결되며 제2 플런저(2500)를 관통하는 제1 로드부(2410)는 제2 플런저(2500)의 위치에 영향을 주지 않고 상기 일방향으로 전진할 수 있으며, 구획부(2420) 또한 제1 로드부(2410)와 일체형 전진할 수 있다. For this reason, referring to FIG. 12a, when the sliding body 2430 moves in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8) along the second rod portion 2510, it is connected to the sliding body 2430 and the second plunger 2500 ) The first rod portion 2410 penetrating can advance in one direction without affecting the position of the second plunger 2500, and the partition portion 2420 can also advance integrally with the first rod portion 2410. You can.
이를 통해 도 12b를 참조하면, 구획부(2420)와 수용본체(2210)가 이격 배치됨으로써 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 연통되어 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)의 혼합이 가능해지는 효과가 있다.Through this, referring to FIG. 12b, the partition 2420 and the receiving body 2210 are spaced apart, so that the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are communicated, so that the first material (M1) and the second material ( This has the effect of making mixing of M2) possible.
도 8, 도 9, 도 13을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 구획부(2420)는 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 연결되며, 슬라이딩본체(2430)가 이동함에 따라 수용부(2200)의 내주면 둘레와 선택적으로 면접촉이 가능하다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, and 13, the partition 2420 according to the second embodiment of the present invention is connected to the sliding body 2430, and as the sliding body 2430 moves, the receiving portion 2200 It is possible to selectively contact the circumference of the inner surface of the surface.
구획부(2420)의 외주면은 수용본체(2210)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하다. The outer peripheral surface of the compartment 2420 is movable while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210.
일 실시예로, 구획부(2420)의 외주면에는 별도의 실링부재(SL)가 안착가능한 홈부(도면 부호 미설정)가 형성될 수 있다. 상기 실링부재(SL)는 상기 홈부에 안착되어 수용본체(2210)의 내주면과 접촉할 수 있다.In one embodiment, a groove (reference symbol not set) into which a separate sealing member (SL) can be seated may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the partition 2420. The sealing member SL may be seated in the groove and contact the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 2210.
이로 인하여 상기 실링부재(SL)가 수용본체(2210)의 내부와 외부 간 물질의 이동을 제한함으로써, 플런저부(2300)가 이동하지 않는 경우 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 혼합되는 것을 제한할 수 있다.As a result, the sealing member (SL) restricts the movement of materials between the inside and outside of the receiving body 2210, so that when the plunger portion 2300 does not move, the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) Mixing may be limited.
도 8, 도 9, 도 12를 참조하면, 슬라이딩본체(2430)는 제2 플런저(2500) 상에서 이동가능한 것으로, 제1 로드부(2410)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유하면서 연결될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, and 12, the sliding body 2430 is movable on the second plunger 2500 and can be connected to the first rod portion 2410 while sharing a longitudinal central axis.
도 12를 참조하면, 슬라이딩본체(2430)는 제2 로드부(2510)에 형성되는 레일부(2511)를 따라 슬라이딩 이동이 가능할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 12, the sliding body 2430 may be capable of sliding movement along the rail portion 2511 formed on the second rod portion 2510.
구체적으로 레일부(2511)는 제2 로드부(2510)의 길이 방향 중심축을 따라 연장 형성되는 슬롯의 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 슬라이딩본체(2430)는 상기 슬롯 형상의 레일부(2511)에 삽입되어 제2 로드부(2510)의 길이 방향을 따라 슬라이딩 이동할 수 있다.Specifically, the rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a slot extending along the longitudinal central axis of the second rod portion 2510, and the sliding body 2430 is inserted into the slot-shaped rail portion 2511. It is possible to slide along the longitudinal direction of the second rod unit 2510.
일 실시예로, 슬라이딩본체(2430)의 일면은 레일부(2511)가 형성되는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면과 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하다. In one embodiment, one surface of the sliding body 2430 can move while making surface contact with one surface of the second rod part 2510 on which the rail part 2511 is formed.
이로 인하여 슬라이딩본체(2430)는 레일부(2511)에 의하여 이동 경로가 가이드될 수 있다.Because of this, the movement path of the sliding body 2430 can be guided by the rail portion 2511.
도 8, 도 11을 참조하면, 슬라이딩본체(2430)의 일측에는 본체부(2100)의 일측과 선택적으로 접촉가능한 적어도 하나 이상의 날개부(2431)가 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8 and 11 , at least one wing portion 2431 capable of selectively contacting one side of the main body portion 2100 may be formed on one side of the sliding body 2430.
날개부(2431)는 제1 스위치부(2130)가 위치하는 본체부(2100)의 일면과 마주보는 슬라이딩본체(2430)의 일면상에 위치할 수 있다.The wing portion 2431 may be located on one side of the sliding main body 2430 that faces one side of the main body portion 2100 where the first switch portion 2130 is located.
날개부(2431)는 슬라이딩본체(2430)의 상기 일면이 'U'자로 커팅된 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. The wing portion 2431 may be formed in a shape in which one surface of the sliding body 2430 is cut into a 'U' shape.
날개부(2431)의 일단부는 슬라이딩본체(2430)에 위치 고정되며, 날개부(2431)의 타단부는 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 미리 설정되는 간격만큼 이격될 수 있다.One end of the wing portion 2431 is fixed to the sliding body 2430, and the other end of the wing portion 2431 may be spaced apart from the sliding body 2430 by a preset distance.
그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 날개부(2431)는 외부로부터 힘을 받으면 본체부(2100)의 길이 방향 중심축 측으로 구부러지도록 형상 변형이 가능한 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.However, it is not limited to this, and the wing portion 2431 may be formed in a shape that can be deformed so that it is bent toward the central axis in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 2100 when receiving force from the outside.
날개부(2431)는 본체부(2100), 구체적으로 제1 스위치부(2130)와 면접촉할 수 있으며, 제1 스위치부(2130)가 외력을 인가받아 내측으로 구부러지는 경우, 제1 스위치부(2130)와 면접촉하는 날개부(2431)는 제1 스위치부(2130)로부터 외력을 전달받아 내측으로 구부러질 수 있다.The wing portion 2431 may be in surface contact with the main body portion 2100, specifically the first switch portion 2130, and when the first switch portion 2130 is bent inward by applying an external force, the first switch portion 2130 The wing portion 2431 in surface contact with 2130 may be bent inward by receiving an external force from the first switch portion 2130.
날개부(2431)의 일측에는 이동제한부(2432)가 외측으로 돌출 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 날개부(2431)의 일측에는 이동제한부(2432)가 본체부(2100)의 내주면 측 방향으로 돌출형성되어 단턱을 형성할 수 있다.A movement restriction portion 2432 may be formed to protrude outward on one side of the wing portion 2431. Specifically, on one side of the wing portion 2431, a movement restriction portion 2432 may be formed to protrude in the side direction of the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100 to form a step.
도 7, 도 8을 참조하면, 이동제한부(2432)는 제1 스위치부(2130)와 면접촉하며, 이동제한부(2432)가 형성하는 단턱은 제1 스위치부(2130)를 형성하는 본체부(2100)의 커팅면과 면접촉할 수 있다.Referring to Figures 7 and 8, the movement limiting part 2432 is in surface contact with the first switch part 2130, and the step formed by the moving limiting part 2432 is the main body forming the first switch part 2130. It can be in surface contact with the cutting surface of unit 2100.
일 실시예로, 이동제한부(2432)는 제1 스위치부(2130)의 내측 일면과 면접촉하며, 이동제한부(2432)가 형성하는 단턱은 제1 스위치부(2130)의 측면과 마주보는 본체부(2100)의 일면과 면접촉/체결될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the movement restriction unit 2432 is in surface contact with one inner surface of the first switch unit 2130, and the step formed by the movement restriction unit 2432 faces the side of the first switch unit 2130. It can be contacted/fastened with one side of the main body 2100.
이로 인하여 이동제한부(2432)가 형성하는 단턱이 제1 스위치부(2130)의 측면과 마주보는 본체부(2100)의 일면과 면접촉/체결됨으로써, 슬라이딩본체(2430)가 구획부(2420) 측 방향으로 이동하는 것을 제한할 수 있다.As a result, the step formed by the movement limiting part 2432 comes into surface contact/fastening with one side of the main body part 2100 facing the side of the first switch part 2130, so that the sliding main body 2430 is connected to the partition part 2420. Movement in the lateral direction can be restricted.
즉, 날개부(2431) 일측을 돌출형성 시켜 본체부(2100)의 일측에 걸리게 함으로써, 제1 플런저(2400)가 이동하는 것을 제한하여, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 혼합되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.That is, by protruding one side of the wing portion 2431 and hooking it on one side of the main body portion 2100, movement of the first plunger 2400 is restricted, and the first material M1 and the second material M2 are separated. Mixing can be prevented.
제1 스위치부(2130)가 외력을 인가받아 내측으로 이동하는 경우, 제1 스위치부(2130)와 면접촉하는 이동제한부(2432) 또한 내측으로 이동하게 되면서, 이동제한부(2432)가 상기 제1 스위치부(2130)의 측면과 마주보는 본체부(2100)의 일면과 이격될 수 있다.When the first switch unit 2130 moves inward by receiving an external force, the movement limiter 2432 in surface contact with the first switch unit 2130 also moves inward, and the movement limiter 2432 is moved inward. It may be spaced apart from one side of the main body portion 2100 facing the side of the first switch portion 2130.
이로 인하여 제1 스위치부(2130)에 외력을 인가함으로써 이동제한부(2432)와 본체부(2100)의 일면을 이격시켜 제1 플런저(2400)의 이동을 선택적으로 허용할 수 있다. As a result, by applying an external force to the first switch unit 2130, the movement limiter 2432 and one surface of the main body 2100 can be spaced apart to selectively allow movement of the first plunger 2400.
즉, 사용자는 제1 스위치부(2130)에 외력을 인가하여 본체부(2100) 일측에 걸려있는 이동제한부(2432)를 본체부(2100)와 이격시켜 제1 플런저(2400)의 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 이동을 허용할 수 있으며, 이를 통해 구획부(2420)가 수용본체(2210)와 이격되게 이동함으로서 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 혼합될 수 있다.That is, the user applies an external force to the first switch unit 2130 to separate the movement limiter 2432 hanging on one side of the main body 2100 from the main body 2100 and moves the first plunger 2400 in one direction (Figure 2). 8, movement in the reference .
도 8, 도 9, 도 11을 참조하면, 탄성부재(2440)는 본체부(2100)의 내부 일측과 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 각각 접촉가능한 것으로, 슬라이딩본체(2430)에 탄성력을 인가할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, and 11, the elastic member 2440 is capable of contacting one inner side of the main body 2100 and the sliding main body 2430, respectively, and can apply elastic force to the sliding main body 2430. .
구체적으로 탄성부재(2440)는 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 연결되어, 슬라이딩본체(2430)에 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 힘을 인가할 수 있다. Specifically, the elastic member 2440 is connected to the sliding body 2430 and can apply force to the sliding body 2430 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8).
이로 인하여 이동제한부(2432)가 내측으로 이동하여 이동제한부(2432)와 본체부(2100)가 분리됨으로써 슬라이딩본체(2430)가 레일부(2511)를 따라 자유 이동이 가능한 경우, 슬라이딩본체(2430)는 탄성부재(2440)로부터 탄성력을 인가받아 레일부(2511)를 따라 상기 일방향으로 이동할 수 있다.As a result, the movement limiting part 2432 moves inward and the moving limiting part 2432 and the main body 2100 are separated, so that the sliding main body 2430 can freely move along the rail part 2511, the sliding main body ( 2430 may receive elastic force from the elastic member 2440 and move in the one direction along the rail portion 2511.
탄성부재(2440)는 스프링, 피스톤 등 슬라이딩본체(2430)에 압력을 인가할 수 있는 다양한 장치로 이루어질 수 있다.The elastic member 2440 may be made of various devices that can apply pressure to the sliding body 2430, such as a spring or piston.
도 8, 도 9, 도 11을 참조하면, 제2 플런저(2500)는 수용부(2200) 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라 수용부(2200)의 내부 공간 및 본체부(2100)의 내부 공간에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1) 및 제2 물질(M2)을 본체부(2100)의 외부로 배출시키는 것으로써, 제2 로드부(2510), 헤드부(2520), 제2 스위치부(2530)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, and 11, the second plunger 2500 is accommodated in the inner space of the receiving portion 2200 and the inner space of the main body portion 2100 as it advances toward the receiving portion 2200. By discharging the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) to the outside of the main body portion (2100), it includes a second load portion (2510), a head portion (2520), and a second switch portion (2530). can do.
제2 로드부(2510)는 본체부(2100)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하게 배치될 수 있으며, 본체부(2100)의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The second rod portion 2510 may be arranged to be movable while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, and may be formed in a shape extending along the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 2100.
제2 로드부(2510)는 제1 로드부(2410)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다.The second rod unit 2510 may share a longitudinal central axis with the first rod unit 2410.
제2 로드부(2510)는 수용부(2200)와 선택적으로 접촉할 수 있다. 구체적으로 제2 로드부(2510)가 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 이동하는 경우, 수용부(2200)와 마주보는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면(이하, '접촉면부(2512)'라고 한다)은 수용부(2200)와 접촉할 수 있으며, 제2 로드부(2510)는 수용부(2200)와 접촉하면서 상기 일방향을 따라 일체로 이동할 수 있다. The second load part 2510 may selectively contact the receiving part 2200. Specifically, when the second rod portion 2510 moves in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8), one surface of the second rod portion 2510 (hereinafter referred to as ‘contact surface portion 2512’) faces the receiving portion 2200. ') can be in contact with the receiving part 2200, and the second rod part 2510 can move integrally along the one direction while contacting the receiving part 2200.
주입홀부(2110)와 마주보는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일단부에는 헤드부(2520)가 연결될 수 있으며, 상기 일단부와 다른 타단부에는 제2 스위치부(2530)가 연결될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 사용자가 제2 스위치부(2530)에 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 힘을 인가하는 경우, 제2 스위치부(2530), 로드부 및 헤드부(2520)는 일체로 상기 일방향을 따라 이동할 수 있다.A head portion 2520 may be connected to one end of the second rod portion 2510 facing the injection hole portion 2110, and a second switch portion 2530 may be connected to the other end different from the one end. For this reason, when the user applies force to the second switch unit 2530 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8), the second switch unit 2530, the rod unit, and the head unit 2520 are integrated into the one direction. You can move along.
제2 플런저(2500)는 제1 플런저(2400)의 이동 경로를 제공하도록 본체부(2100)의 길이 방향으로 레일부(2511)가 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 제2 플런저(2500)의 제2 로드부(2510)는 제1 플런저(2400)의 슬라이딩본체(2430)의 이동 경로를 제공하도록 본체부(2100)의 길이 방향을 따라 레일부(2511)가 형성될 수 있다.The second plunger 2500 may have a rail portion 2511 formed in the longitudinal direction of the main body 2100 to provide a movement path for the first plunger 2400. Specifically, the second rod portion 2510 of the second plunger 2500 has a rail portion 2511 along the longitudinal direction of the main body 2100 to provide a movement path for the sliding body 2430 of the first plunger 2400. can be formed.
레일부(2511)는 제2 로드부(2510)의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 슬롯의 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 레일부(2511)가 형성되는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면은 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 면접촉할 수 있다.The rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a slot extending along the longitudinal direction of the second rod portion 2510, and one surface of the second rod portion 2510 on which the rail portion 2511 is formed is a sliding body ( 2430) can be interviewed.
레일부(2511)는 제2 로드부(2510)를 일방향(도 8 기준 Y축 방향)으로 관통하며, 타방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 연장되는 슬롯의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a slot that penetrates the second rod portion 2510 in one direction (Y-axis direction in FIG. 8) and extends in the other direction (X-axis direction in FIG. 8).
선택적 실시예로, 레일부(2511)는 제2 로드부(2510)의 외주면 상에서 제2 로드부(2510)의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.In an optional embodiment, the rail portion 2511 may be formed in the shape of a groove extending along the longitudinal direction of the second rod portion 2510 on the outer peripheral surface of the second rod portion 2510.
그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 레일부(2511)는 제2 로드부(2510)의 길이 방향을 따라 돌출 연장되는 등, 슬라이딩본체(2430)의 이동 경로를 제공할 수 있는 다양한 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.However, it is not limited to this, and the rail portion 2511 may be formed in various shapes that can provide a movement path for the sliding body 2430, such as protruding and extending along the longitudinal direction of the second rod portion 2510. .
도 8, 도 9, 도 13을 참조하면, 수용부(2200)와 마주보는 제2 플런저(2500)의 일면은 헤드부(2520)와 연결되며 수용본체(2210)에 삽입가능한 돌출부(2513)가 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, and 13, one surface of the second plunger 2500 facing the receiving portion 2200 is connected to the head portion 2520 and has a protrusion 2513 insertable into the receiving body 2210. can be formed.
돌출부(2513)는 제2 로드부(2510)의 길이 방향 중심축을 따라 수용부(2200) 측으로 돌출 형성될 수 있으며, 돌출부(2513)의 외경은 수용본체(2210)의 내경보다 상대적으로 작거나 동일하게 형성될 수 있다.The protrusion 2513 may be formed to protrude toward the receiving part 2200 along the longitudinal central axis of the second rod part 2510, and the outer diameter of the protruding part 2513 is relatively smaller than or equal to the inner diameter of the receiving body 2210. can be formed.
돌출부(2513)가 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면으로부터 돌출되는 길이는 수용부(2200)의 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향) 길이와 동일하게 형성될 수 있다.The length at which the protruding part 2513 protrudes from one surface of the second rod part 2510 may be formed to be equal to the length of the receiving part 2200 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 8).
이로 인하여 도 12d, 도 12e를 참조하면, 돌출부(2513)의 외주면의 모든 부분이 수용부(2200)의 내주면의 모든 부분과 면접촉할 때까지 돌출부(2513)가 수용부(2200)에 삽입될 수 있으므로, 수용부(2200)의 내부 공간에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 모두 외부로 배출될 수 있는 효과가 있다.For this reason, referring to FIGS. 12d and 12e, the protrusion 2513 is inserted into the receiving part 2200 until all parts of the outer peripheral surface of the protruding part 2513 come into surface contact with all parts of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving part 2200. Therefore, there is an effect that all of the chemical solution DS accommodated in the internal space of the receiving portion 2200 can be discharged to the outside.
도 14를 참조하면, 수용부(2200)와 마주보는 제2 플런저(2500)의 일면에는 적어도 하나 이상의 제1 배기홀부(2513h)가 형성될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 14, at least one first exhaust hole portion 2513h may be formed on one surface of the second plunger 2500 facing the receiving portion 2200.
일 실시예로, 헤드부(2520)와 연결되는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면에는 적어도 하나 이상의 제1 배기홀부(2513h)가 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, at least one first exhaust hole portion 2513h may be formed on one surface of the second rod portion 2510 connected to the head portion 2520.
제1 배기홀부(2513h)는 제2 로드부(2510)를 관통하여 약물 주입 장치(2)의 외부 공간과 연통될 수 있다. 또한, 제1 배기홀부(2513h)는 헤드부(2520)에 형성되는 제2 배기홀부(2520h)와 연통될 수 있다.The first exhaust hole portion 2513h may pass through the second rod portion 2510 and communicate with the external space of the drug injection device 2. Additionally, the first exhaust hole portion 2513h may communicate with the second exhaust hole portion 2520h formed in the head portion 2520.
도 14를 참조하면, 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)가 제2 배기홀부(2520h) 및 제1 배기홀부(2513h)를 통해 약물 주입 장치(2)의 외부로 배기될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 14, the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS may be exhausted to the outside of the drug injection device 2 through the second exhaust hole portion 2520h and the first exhaust hole portion 2513h.
이로 인하여 제2 플런저(2500)가 전진하면서 약액(DS)이 주입홀부(2110)로 배출되는 과정에서, 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)가 제1, 2 배기홀부(2513h, 2520h)를 통해 외부로 배기됨으로써 사용자의 체내에 기체(G) 포화도가 낮은 약액(DS)이 주입될 수 있다.As a result, in the process of the second plunger 2500 moving forward and discharging the chemical solution (DS) into the injection hole portion 2110, the gas (G) contained in the chemical liquid (DS) flows into the first and second exhaust hole portions (2513h, 2520h). The chemical solution (DS) with low gas (G) saturation can be injected into the user's body by being exhausted to the outside.
도 14를 참조하면, 헤드부(2520)와 연결되는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면에는 필터안착부(2514)가 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 필터안착부(2514)는 헤드부(2520)와 연결되는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면상에서 제1 배기홀부(2513h)가 형성되는 영역을 따라 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 14, a filter seating portion 2514 may be formed in the shape of a groove on one surface of the second rod portion 2510 connected to the head portion 2520. Specifically, the filter seating portion 2514 may be formed along the area where the first exhaust hole portion 2513h is formed on one surface of the second rod portion 2510 connected to the head portion 2520.
필터안착부(2514)는 필터부(2600)가 안착되는 공간을 제공하는 것으로써, 제1 배기홀부(2513h) 및 제2 배기홀부(2520h)와 각각 연통될 수 있다. The filter seating portion 2514 provides a space in which the filter portion 2600 is seated, and may communicate with the first exhaust hole portion 2513h and the second exhaust hole portion 2520h, respectively.
도 14를 참조하면, 필터안착부(2514)는 제2 플런저(2500)의 길이 방향 중심축을 중심으로 하는 링(ring) 형상의 홈부로 형성될 수 있으며, 상기 링 형상의 중심에는 제1 플런저(2400)가 관통하는 홀부(도면 부호 미설정)가 형성될 수 있고, 헤드부(2520)와 마주보는 필터안착부(2514)의 일면에는 제1 배기홀부(2513h)가 적어도 하나 이상 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 14, the filter seating portion 2514 may be formed as a ring-shaped groove centered on the longitudinal central axis of the second plunger 2500, and at the center of the ring shape is a first plunger ( A hole (reference symbol not set) through which 2400 passes may be formed, and at least one first exhaust hole 2513h may be formed on one side of the filter seating part 2514 facing the head part 2520. .
필터안착부(2514)는 헤드부(2520) 및 제1 배기홀부(2513h)가 형성되는 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면 사이에 형성될 수 있다.The filter seating portion 2514 may be formed between the head portion 2520 and one surface of the second rod portion 2510 where the first exhaust hole portion 2513h is formed.
도 14를 참조하면, 필터안착부(2514)에는 기체(G)를 선택적으로 투과시키는 필터부(2600)가 안착될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제2 플런저(2500)가 전진하는 경우, 본체부(2100)에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 제2 배기홀부(2520h)는 통해 필터안착부(2514)로 이동하게 되며, 필터안착부(2514)에 안착되는 필터부(2600)가 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)만을 선택적으로 투과시켜 기체(G)를 제1 배기홀부(2513h)로 배기할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 14, a filter unit 2600 that selectively transmits gas (G) may be mounted on the filter seating unit 2514. As a result, when the second plunger 2500 moves forward, the chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the main body portion 2100 moves to the filter seating portion 2514 through the second exhaust hole portion 2520h, and the filter seating portion ( The filter unit 2600 mounted on 2514) can selectively transmit only the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS and exhaust the gas G through the first exhaust hole 2513h.
즉, 제1 배기홀부(2513h), 필터안착부(2514)에 안착되는 필터부(2600) 및 제2 배기홀부(2520h)는 기체(G)의 이동경로를 제공할 수 있으며, 액체 상태의 약액(DS)은 필터부(2600)를 통과하지 못하여 제1 배기홀부(2513h)를 통해 외부로 누출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.That is, the first exhaust hole portion 2513h, the filter portion 2600 mounted on the filter seating portion 2514, and the second exhaust hole portion 2520h can provide a movement path for the gas (G), and the liquid chemical solution. (DS) cannot pass through the filter unit 2600, thereby preventing leakage to the outside through the first exhaust hole unit 2513h.
도 8, 도 9, 도 13, 도 14를 참조하면, 헤드부(2520)는 수용부(2200)의 내부 공간과 외부 공간을 구획하는 것으로써, 수용부(2200)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능한 플레이트의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 8, 9, 13, and 14, the head portion 2520 divides the inner space and the outer space of the receiving portion 2200, and makes surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion 2200. It may be formed in the shape of a movable plate.
헤드부(2520)는 수용부(2200)와 인접한 제2 로드부(2510)의 단부와 연결될 수 있다.The head portion 2520 may be connected to an end of the second rod portion 2510 adjacent to the receiving portion 2200.
헤드부(2520)는 필턴안착부, 제1 배기홀부(2513h), 약물 주입 장치(2)의 외부 공간 중 적어도 하나와 연통가능한 제2 배기홀부(2520h)가 형성될 수 있다.The head portion 2520 may be formed with a second exhaust hole portion 2520h capable of communicating with at least one of the filter seating portion, the first exhaust hole portion 2513h, and the external space of the drug injection device 2.
일 실시예로, 제2 배기홀부(2520h)의 길이 방향 중심축은 제1 배기홀부(2513h)의 길이 방향 중심축과 나란할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the longitudinal central axis of the second exhaust hole portion 2520h may be parallel to the longitudinal central axis of the first exhaust hole portion 2513h.
제2 배기홀부(2520h)는 본체부(2100)의 내부 공간 또는 수용부(2200)의 내부 공간과 연통될 수 있다.The second exhaust hole portion 2520h may communicate with the inner space of the main body portion 2100 or the inner space of the receiving portion 2200.
도 12d, 도 12e, 도 14를 참조하면, 제2 플런저(2500)가 전진함에 따라 제1 공간(S1) 또는 제2 공간(S2)이 축소되는 경우, 약액(DS)은 주입홀부(2110)와 제2 배기홀부(2520h) 측으로 유동하게된다. 이 경우, 기체(G)만이 선택적으로 필터부(2600)를 통과하여 제1 배기홀부(2513h)로 배기되며, 기체(G)가 배기된 약액(DS)은 필터부(2600)를 통과하지 못하고 주입홀부(2110)를 통해 배출된다.Referring to FIGS. 12D, 12E, and 14, when the first space (S1) or the second space (S2) is reduced as the second plunger (2500) advances, the chemical solution (DS) is injected into the injection hole portion (2110). and flows toward the second exhaust hole portion (2520h). In this case, only the gas (G) selectively passes through the filter unit 2600 and is exhausted to the first exhaust hole unit 2513h, and the chemical solution DS from which the gas G is exhausted does not pass through the filter unit 2600. It is discharged through the injection hole 2110.
도 7 내지 도 9를 참조하면, 제2 스위치부(2530)는 일측이 본체부(2100)의 내부에 삽입되어 제2 로드부(2510)의 일단부와 연결될 수 있다. Referring to FIGS. 7 to 9 , one side of the second switch unit 2530 may be inserted into the main body 2100 and connected to one end of the second rod unit 2510.
제2 스위치부(2530)는 본체부(2100)와 상대 이동이 가능하게 연결될 수 있으며, 제2 로드부(2510)와 고정 결합될 수 있다.The second switch unit 2530 may be relatively movably connected to the main body unit 2100 and may be fixedly coupled to the second rod unit 2510.
이로 인하여 사용자가 제2 스위치부(2530)에 일방향으로 힘을 인가하는 경우, 제2 스위치부(2530)는 본체부(2100)에 삽입되는 방향으로 이동할 수 있으며, 제2 스위치부(2530)와 제2 로드부(2510)는 일체로 이동할 수 있다.For this reason, when the user applies force to the second switch unit 2530 in one direction, the second switch unit 2530 can move in the direction of insertion into the main body 2100, and the second switch unit 2530 and The second load unit 2510 can move integrally.
이하, 본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(2)의 작동원리 및 효과를 설명하고자 한다. Hereinafter, the operating principle and effects of the drug injection device 2 according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described.
본 명세서에서 작동원리 및 방법을 시계열적으로 설명하는 것은 설명의 편의를 위한 것이며, 이하에서 설명하는 작동원리 및 방법 등은 설명의 순서에 한정되는 것은 아니고 동시에 이루어질 수 있다.In this specification, the operating principles and methods are described in chronological order for convenience of explanation, and the operating principles and methods described below are not limited to the order of explanation and can be performed simultaneously.
본 발명의 제2 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(2)는 제1 플런저(2400)가 이동함에 따라 본체부(2100) 내부 공간과 수용부(2200) 내부 공간에 형성되는 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 선택적으로 연통되어, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)에 각각 수용되는 물질들이 서로 혼합되며, 제2 플런저(2500)가 이동함에 따라 본체부(2100) 내부 공간과 수용 내부 공간이 형성하는 공간이 축소되어, 약액(DS)이 외부로 배출되는 장치에 관한 것이다.The drug injection device 2 according to the second embodiment of the present invention has a first space S1 formed in the inner space of the main body 2100 and the inner space of the receiving portion 2200 as the first plunger 2400 moves. and the second space (S2) are selectively communicated, so that the materials contained in the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are mixed with each other, and as the second plunger (2500) moves, the main body portion (2100) ) It relates to a device in which the space formed by the internal space and the receiving internal space is reduced, and the chemical solution (DS) is discharged to the outside.
도 7, 도 8, 도 12a를 참조하면, 본체부(2100)의 내주면, 주입홀부(2110)와 인접한 수용부(2200)의 일면 및 구획부(2420)는 수용액 등 제1 물질(M1)이 수용되는 제1 공간(S1)을 형성할 수 있으며, 수용부(2200)의 내주면과 구획부(2420), 헤드부(2520)는 약물과 같은 제2 물질(M2)이 수용되는 제2 공간(S2)을 형성할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 7, 8, and 12A, the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, one surface of the receiving portion 2200 adjacent to the injection hole portion 2110, and the partition portion 2420 contain a first material (M1) such as an aqueous solution. It can form a first space (S1) to be accommodated, and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion (2200), the partition portion (2420), and the head portion (2520) are a second space ( S2) can be formed.
플런저부(2300)가 이동하기 전, 구획부(2420)는 수용부(2200)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉 함으로써 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 분리할 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제1 공간(S1)에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 공간(S2)에 수용되는 제2 물질(M2)이 혼합되는 것이 제한될 수 있다.Before the plunger portion 2300 moves, the partition portion 2420 may separate the first space S1 and the second space S2 by making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion 2200. As a result, mixing of the first material M1 accommodated in the first space S1 and the second material M2 accommodated in the second space S2 may be limited.
이 경우, 탄성부재(2440)는 제1 플런저(2400)가 전진하도록 탄성력을 인가하고 있지만, 슬라이딩본체(2430)에 형성되는 날개부(2431)가 본체부(2100)의 일측에 걸림으로써, 제1 플런저(2400)가 이동하는 것이 제한된다.In this case, the elastic member 2440 applies elastic force so that the first plunger 2400 moves forward, but the wing portion 2431 formed on the sliding body 2430 is caught on one side of the main body portion 2100, thereby causing the first plunger 2400 to move forward. 1 The movement of the plunger 2400 is restricted.
도 8, 도 12b를 참조하면, 사용자가 제1 스위치부(2130)에 힘을 인가하는 경우 제1 스위치부(2130)는 슬라이딩본체(2430)의 날개부(2431)에 힘을 전달하게 되며, 날개부(2431)는 힘들 전달받아 상기 본체부(2100)의 일측과 이격되는 방향으로 구부러지게 된다. Referring to FIGS. 8 and 12B, when the user applies force to the first switch unit 2130, the first switch unit 2130 transmits force to the wing unit 2431 of the sliding body 2430, The wing portion 2431 receives force and is bent in a direction away from one side of the main body portion 2100.
이로 인하여 제1 플런저(2400)는 자유 이동이 가능해지며 슬라이딩본체(2430)는 탄성부재(2440)로부터 힘을 인가받아 수용부(2200) 측 방향으로 전진하게 된다.As a result, the first plunger 2400 can move freely, and the sliding body 2430 receives force from the elastic member 2440 and moves forward toward the receiving portion 2200.
슬라이딩본체(2430)는 탄성부재(2440)로부터 힘을 인가받으면서 제2 로드부(2510)에 형성되는 레일부(2511)를 따라 일방향(도 8 기준 X축 방향)으로 이동할 수 있으며, 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 연결되는 제1 로드부(2410) 및 구획부(2420) 또한 상기 일방향을 따라 이동하게 된다.The sliding body 2430 can move in one direction (the The first load part 2410 and the partition part 2420 connected to 2430 also move along the one direction.
도 13을 참조하면, 슬라이딩본체(2430)와 연결되는 제1 로드부(2410)는 제2 로드부(2510)를 관통하여 구획부(2420)와 연결되며, 슬라이딩본체(2430)가 상기 일방향을 따라 이동함에 따라 제1 로드부(2410)는 제2 로드부(2510)를 관통하여 구획부(2420)와 함께 상기 일방향으로 이동하게 된다.Referring to FIG. 13, the first rod portion 2410 connected to the sliding body 2430 penetrates the second rod portion 2510 and is connected to the partition portion 2420, and the sliding body 2430 moves in one direction. As it moves along, the first rod unit 2410 penetrates the second rod unit 2510 and moves in the one direction together with the partition unit 2420.
도 12b, 도 12c를 참조하면, 구획부(2420)는 상기 일방향으로 이동하면서 수용부(2200)의 내주면과 이격되며, 이로 인하여 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 연통되어 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)의 혼합이 가능해진다.Referring to FIGS. 12B and 12C, the partition portion 2420 moves in one direction and is spaced apart from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion 2200. As a result, the first space S1 and the second space S2 communicate with each other, Mixing of the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) becomes possible.
도 12c를 참조하면, 슬라이딩본체(2430)는 탄성부재(2440)로부터 힘을 계속 인가받으며, 구획부(2420)는 주입홀부(2110)가 형성되는 본체부(2100)의 내측 일면과 접촉하게 된다. 구획부(2420)의 일면이 주입홀부(2110)가 형성되는 본체부(2100)의 내측 일면과 면접촉하더라도, 상기 본체부(2100)의 내측 일면에 통과홈부(2120)가 형성됨으로써, 주입홀부(2110)와 본체부(2100)의 내부 공간은 통과홈부(2120)와 구획부(2420)의 상기 일면이 형성하는 공간을 통해 연통될 수 있다.Referring to Figure 12c, the sliding main body 2430 continues to receive force from the elastic member 2440, and the partition part 2420 comes into contact with one inner surface of the main body part 2100 where the injection hole part 2110 is formed. . Even if one surface of the partition 2420 is in surface contact with the inner surface of the main body 2100 where the injection hole 2110 is formed, the passage groove 2120 is formed on the inner surface of the main body 2100, thereby forming the injection hole 2110. The internal space of 2110 and the main body 2100 may be communicated through the space formed by the passage groove 2120 and the one surface of the partition 2420.
도 12c, 도 12d를 참조하면, 사용자는 제2 스위치부(2530)에 상기 일방향으로 힘을 인가할 수 있으며, 제2 스위치부(2530), 제2 로드부(2510) 및 헤드부(2520)는 상기 힘을 전달받아 일체로 이동하게 된다.Referring to FIGS. 12C and 12D, the user can apply force in one direction to the second switch unit 2530, and the second switch unit 2530, second load unit 2510, and head unit 2520 receives the above force and moves as one body.
제2 로드부(2510)가 상기 일방향으로 이동하면서, 돌출부(2513) 및 헤드부(2520)는 수용부(2200) 내부 공간으로 삽입되게 되며, 제2 로드부(2510)의 일면, 구체적으로 접촉면부(2512)는 수용부(2200)와 접촉하게 된다.As the second rod portion 2510 moves in the one direction, the protrusion 2513 and the head portion 2520 are inserted into the inner space of the receiving portion 2200, and one surface, specifically the contact surface, of the second rod portion 2510 Part 2512 comes into contact with receiving part 2200.
이로 인하여 제2 로드부(2510)가 수용부(2200)에 삽입됨과 동시에 접촉됨으로써. 제2 로드부(2510)와 수용부(2200)가 제2 스위치부(2530)에 인가된 힘을 전달받아 일체로 이동할 수 있게 된다.As a result, the second rod part 2510 is inserted into the receiving part 2200 and comes into contact with it at the same time. The second load part 2510 and the receiving part 2200 can move as one unit by receiving the force applied to the second switch part 2530.
도 12d, 도 12e를 참조하면, 약액(DS)은 본체부(2100)의 내주면, 주입홀부(2110)와 마주보는 수용부(2200)의 일면 및 헤드부(2520)로 형성되는 공간에 수용되며, 수용부(2200)와 결합된 제2 로드부(2510)가 전진함에 따라 상기 공간이 축소되어 약액(DS)이 배출홈부와 주입홀부(2110)를 통해 외부로 주입될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 12D and 12E, the chemical solution DS is accommodated in the space formed by the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion 2100, one side of the receiving portion 2200 facing the injection hole portion 2110, and the head portion 2520. , As the second rod portion 2510 coupled with the receiving portion 2200 advances, the space is reduced so that the chemical solution DS can be injected to the outside through the discharge groove portion and the injection hole portion 2110.
도 12d, 도 12e, 도 13, 도 14를 참조하면, 수용부(2200)와 결합된 제2 로드부(2510)가 전진하면서 본체부(2100)에 수용되는 약액(DS)은, 헤드부(2520)에 형성되는 제2 배기홀부(2520h)를 통해 제2 로드부(2510)에 형성되는 핕터안착부으로도 유동할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 12D, 12E, 13, and 14, as the second rod portion 2510 coupled to the receiving portion 2200 moves forward, the chemical solution DS accommodated in the main body portion 2100 is moved to the head portion ( It may also flow to the halter seating portion formed in the second rod portion 2510 through the second exhaust hole portion 2520h formed in 2520.
이 경우, 필터안착부(2514)에는 기체(G)를 선택적으로 투과시키는 필터부(2600)가 안착되어 있으므로, 제2 배기홀부(2520h)를 통과하는 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)만이 필터부(2600)를 통해 제1 배기홀부(2513h)로 유동할 수 있으며, 액체 상태의 약액(DS)은 필터부(2600)를 통과하지 못하고 주입홀부(2110)를 통해 외부로 배출되게 된다. In this case, since the filter unit 2600 that selectively transmits the gas (G) is seated in the filter seating unit 2514, the gas (G) contained in the chemical solution (DS) passing through the second exhaust hole unit (2520h) Only water can flow into the first exhaust hole 2513h through the filter unit 2600, and the liquid chemical solution (DS) cannot pass through the filter unit 2600 and is discharged to the outside through the injection hole 2110. .
이로 인하여 제2 플런저(2500)가 전진하면서 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)는 제2 배기홀부(2520h), 필터부(2600), 제1 배기홀부(2513h)를 순차적으로 통과하여 약물 주입 장치(2)의 외부로 배기되며, 기체(G)포화도가 낮아진 약액(DS)은 본체부(2100)는 필터부(2600)를 통과하지 못하고 주입홀부(2110)를 통해 배출되어, 사용자의 체내에 기체(G)포화도가 높은 약액(DS)이 주입되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.As a result, as the second plunger 2500 advances, the gas (G) contained in the chemical solution (DS) sequentially passes through the second exhaust hole portion (2520h), the filter portion (2600), and the first exhaust hole portion (2513h) to provide the drug. The chemical solution (DS), which is exhausted to the outside of the injection device (2) and has a lowered gas (G) saturation, does not pass through the filter unit (2600) of the main body unit (2100) and is discharged through the injection hole unit (2110). It can prevent the injection of chemical solution (DS) with high gas (G) saturation into the body.
이하, 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(3)에 관하여 설명한다.Hereinafter, the drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 15는 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치의 사시도이다. 도 16은 도 15의 VI-VI`선을 기준으로 단면처리한 단면도이다. 도 17은 도 16은 C부분을 확대한 확대도이다. 도 18a, 도 18b, 도 19a, 도 19b는 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(3)의 사용상태를 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 도 20은 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(3)의 수용본체(3110), 제1 플런저(3300) 및 제2 플런저(3400)의 결합상태를 설명하기 위한 분해도이다.Figure 15 is a perspective view of a drug injection device according to a third embodiment of the present invention. Figure 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI' in Figure 15. Figure 17 is an enlarged view of part C of Figure 16. FIGS. 18A, 18B, 19A, and 19B are diagrams for explaining the use state of the drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention. Figure 20 is an exploded view to explain the combined state of the receiving body 3110, the first plunger 3300, and the second plunger 3400 of the drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
도 15, 도 16을 참조하면, 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(3)는 본체부(3100), 플런저부(3200), 필터부(3500)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to Figures 15 and 16, the drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention may include a main body portion 3100, a plunger portion 3200, and a filter portion 3500.
본체부(3100)는 제1 물질(M1)을 수용가능한 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 물질(M2)을 수용가능하며 제1 공간(S1)과 구분되는 제2 공간(S2)을 형성할 수 있다.The main body 3100 may form a first space (S1) that can accommodate the first material (M1) and a second space (S2) that can accommodate the second material (M2) and is distinguished from the first space (S1). You can.
도 16을 참조하면, 본체부(3100)는 수용본체(3110), 제1 구획부(3120), 제2 구획부(3130), 제3 구획부(3140), 제1 니들(3150), 제1 탄성부재(3160)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 16, the main body 3100 includes a receiving body 3110, a first partition 3120, a second partition 3130, a third partition 3140, a first needle 3150, and a first partition 3150. 1 May include an elastic member 3160.
수용본체(3110)는 본체부(3100)의 외관을 형성하는 것으로, 일단부에 약액(DS)이 배출되는 주입홀부(3110h)가 형성되며, 상기 일단부와 다른 타단부에는 플런저부(3200)가 삽입되는 홀부(도면 부호 미설정)이 형성되는 중공관 형성으로 형성될 수 있다.The receiving body 3110 forms the exterior of the main body 3100, and has an injection hole 3110h through which the chemical solution (DS) is discharged at one end, and a plunger 3200 at the other end different from the one end. It may be formed by forming a hollow tube in which a hole (reference symbol not specified) into which is inserted is formed.
제1 구획부(3120), 제2 구획부(3130), 제3 구획부(3140)는 각각 수용본체(3110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하며, 수용본체(3110)의 내부 공간을 구획할 수 있다.The first partition 3120, the second partition 3130, and the third partition 3140 each make surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and can partition the internal space of the receiving body 3110. there is.
제1 내지 제3 구획부(3140)는 탄성재질로 형성될 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 제1 물질(M1) 및 제2 물질(M2)이 투과할 수 없는 다양한 재질로 형성될 수 있다.The first to third partitions 3140 may be formed of an elastic material, but are not limited thereto, and may be formed of various materials through which the first material M1 and the second material M2 cannot penetrate. .
이하, '제1 공간(S1)'은 제1 구획부(3120), 제3 구획부(3140) 및 수용본체(3110)의 내주면이 형성하는 공간으로 해석될 수 있으며, '제2 공간(S2)'은 제1 구획부(3120), 헤드부(3420) 및 수용본체(3110)의 내주면이 형성하는 공간으로 해석될 수 있다.Hereinafter, the 'first space (S1)' may be interpreted as a space formed by the inner peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, the third partition 3140, and the receiving body 3110, and the 'second space S2 )' can be interpreted as the space formed by the inner peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, the head part 3420, and the receiving body 3110.
도 16, 도 17을 참조하면, 제1 구획부(3120)는 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 구획하는 것으로써, 수용본체(3110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하며 이동가능하고 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 연통시키는 연통 유로가 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 16 and 17, the first partition 3120 divides the first space S1 and the second space S2, and is movable in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110. And a communication passage connecting the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) may be formed.
제1 구획부(3120)의 외주면에는 둘레방향을 따라 홈부가 형성될 수 있으며, 상기 홈부가 형성되는 제1 구획부(3120)의 외주면은 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 이격될 수 있다.A groove may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, and the outer peripheral surface of the first partition 3120 where the groove is formed may be spaced apart from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
이로 인하여 제1 구획부(3120)와 수용본체(3110)의 내주면간 접촉면적을 감소시켜 제1 구획부(3120)와 수용본체(3110) 간 마찰력을 감소시킬 수 있으므로, 제1 구획부(3120)가 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 구획함과 동시에 제1 구획부(3120)와 수용본체(3110)와의 관계에서 원활하게 이동할 수 있는 효과가 있다.As a result, the contact area between the inner peripheral surfaces of the first partition 3120 and the receiving body 3110 can be reduced to reduce the friction between the first partition 3120 and the receiving body 3110, so the first partition 3120 ) partitions the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) and at the same time has the effect of being able to move smoothly in the relationship between the first partition (3120) and the receiving body (3110).
도 17을 참조하면, 제1 구획부(3120)는 수용본체(3110)와 접촉하는 구획본체(3121), 구획본체(3121)와 연결되며 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)의 이동경로를 제공하는 유로본체(3122), 필름부(3125)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 17, the first partition 3120 is connected to the partition body 3121, which is in contact with the receiving body 3110, and is connected to the partition body 3121 and is comprised of the first material (M1) and the second material (M2). It may include a flow path body 3122 and a film portion 3125 that provide a movement path.
구획본체(3121)는 탄성재질로 형성되며 외주면이 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 면접촉하는 원통 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The compartment body 3121 is made of an elastic material and may be formed in a cylindrical shape with the outer peripheral surface in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
구획본체(3121)은 수용본체(3110)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다. The compartment body 3121 may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 3110.
구획본체(3121)의 일측에는 구획본체(3121)를 관통하는 제1 관통홀부(3121h)가 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 제1 관통홀부(3121h)는 뒤에 설명할 연통유로(3122h)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있으며, 제1 관통홀부(3121h)는 뒤에 설명할 제2 니들(3340)의 이동 경로를 따라 형성될 수 있다.A first through-hole portion 3121h penetrating the division body 3121 may be formed on one side of the division body 3121. Specifically, the first through-hole portion 3121h may share a longitudinal central axis with the communication passage 3122h, which will be described later, and the first through-hole portion 3121h may follow the movement path of the second needle 3340, which will be described later. can be formed.
플런저부(3200)와 마주보는 구획본체(3121)의 일면은 유로본체(3122)와 면접촉할 수 있으며, 제1 관통홀부(3121h)에는 유로본체(3122)의 일측이 삽입될 수 있다. One side of the compartment main body 3121 facing the plunger portion 3200 may be in surface contact with the flow path main body 3122, and one side of the flow path main body 3122 may be inserted into the first through-hole portion 3121h.
유로본체(3122)는 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 연통하는 연통유로(3122h)가 형성되는 것으로써, 구획본체(3121)의 일측에 삽입되어 구획본체(3121)와 일체로 동작할 수 있다.The flow path body 3122 is formed by a communication flow path 3122h that communicates the first space S1 and the second space S2, and is inserted into one side of the partition main body 3121 and is integrated with the partition main body 3121. It can operate as .
도 20을 참조하면, 유로본체(3122)는 구획본체(3121)의 일면과 면접촉하는 플레이트의 형상으로 형성될 수 있으며, 일측에 연통유로(3122h)의 외관을 형성하는 돌출부(도면 부호 미설정)가 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 20, the flow passage body 3122 may be formed in the shape of a plate in surface contact with one side of the partition body 3121, and a protrusion (reference sign not set) forming the appearance of the communication passage 3122h on one side ) can be formed.
상기 돌출부는 유로본체(3122)의 일면으로부터 제2 니들(3340)의 길이 방향 중심축을 따라 돌출 형성될 수 있다.The protrusion may be formed to protrude from one surface of the flow path body 3122 along the longitudinal central axis of the second needle 3340.
상기 돌출부는 제1 관통홀부(3121h)에 삽입될 수 있으며, 연통유로(3122h)가 형성되는 돌출부가 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 연통하는 제1 관통홀부(3121h)에 삽입됨으로써. 연통유로(3122h)가 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 연통시킬 수 있다.The protrusion may be inserted into the first through-hole portion 3121h, and the protrusion on which the communication passage 3122h is formed may be inserted into the first through-hole portion 3121h communicating with the first space S1 and the second space S2. By being inserted. The communication passage 3122h may communicate with the first space S1 and the second space S2.
상기 돌출부의 외경은 제1 관통홀부(3121h)의 내경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 크게 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 탄성재질로 형성될 수 있는 구획본체(3121)의 제1 관통홀부(3121h)에 유로본체(3122)의 돌출부가 억지끼움 방식으로 삽입됨으로써, 구획본체(3121)와 유로본체(3122)가 견고하게 결합될 수 있다.The outer diameter of the protrusion may be the same as or be relatively larger than the inner diameter of the first through-hole portion 3121h. As a result, the protrusion of the flow path body 3122 is inserted into the first through-hole portion 3121h of the partition body 3121, which can be formed of an elastic material, in an interference fit manner, so that the partition body 3121 and the flow path body 3122 are separated. Can be firmly combined.
유로본체(3122)는 비탄성재질로 이루어질 수 있으며, 이로 인하여 유로본체(3122)가 탄성재질로 형성될 수 있는 구획본체(3121)에 삽입되더라도, 유로본체(3122)에 형성되는 연통유로(3122h)의 직경이 유지되어 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)의 이동경로를 제공할 수 있다.The flow path body 3122 may be made of a non-elastic material. As a result, even if the flow path body 3122 is inserted into the partition body 3121 that may be made of an elastic material, the communication path 3122h formed in the flow path body 3122 The diameter of can be maintained to provide a movement path for the first material (M1) and the second material (M2).
연통유로(3122h)는 제2 니들(3340)과 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다.The communication passage 3122h may share a longitudinal central axis with the second needle 3340.
연통유로(3122h)는 수용본체(3110)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다.The communication passage 3122h may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 3110.
플런저부(3200)와 마주보는 유로본체(3122)의 일면에는 뒤에 설명할 필름부(3125)가 안착 가능하도록 필름안착부(3123)가 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 필름안착부(3123)에 필름부(3125)가 면접촉하면서 안착됨으로써, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 선택적으로 구획할 수 있다.On one side of the channel body 3122 facing the plunger part 3200, a film seating part 3123 may be formed in the shape of a groove so that the film part 3125, which will be described later, can be seated. As a result, the film portion 3125 is seated in surface contact with the film mounting portion 3123, thereby selectively dividing the first space S1 and the second space S2.
필름부(3125)는 플런저부(3200)와 마주보는 구획본체(3121)의 일면과 면접촉하며, 연통유로(3122h)의 일 개구부를 커버할 수 있다.The film portion 3125 is in surface contact with one surface of the compartment main body 3121 facing the plunger portion 3200 and can cover one opening of the communication passage 3122h.
구체적으로 필름부(3125)는 상기 구획본체(3121)의 일면과 면접촉하며, 상기 구획본체(3121)의 일면에 형성되는 연통유로(3122h)의 개구부를 커버할 수 있다. 이로 인하여 필름부(3125)가 연통유로(3122h)의 일 개구부를 커버하면서 구획본체(3121)의 일면과 면접촉함으로써, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 연통유로(3122h)를 통해 연통되는 것을 선택적으로 제한할 수 있다.Specifically, the film portion 3125 is in surface contact with one surface of the compartment main body 3121 and can cover the opening of the communication passage 3122h formed on one surface of the compartment main body 3121. As a result, the film portion 3125 covers one opening of the communication passage 3122h and makes surface contact with one surface of the compartment body 3121, so that the first space S1 and the second space S2 form the communication passage 3122h. Communication can be selectively restricted through .
필름부(3125)는 종이, 플라스틱, 실리콘 등 재질에는 제한이 없으며, 제2 니들(3340)에 의하여 쉽게 관통되도록 하는 기술적 사상에서 다양한 재질로 이루어질 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제2 니들(3340)이 전진하면서 필름부(3125)를 천공시킴으로써, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 연통유로(3122h)를 통하여 혼합되는 것을 허용할 수 있다.The film portion 3125 is not limited to materials such as paper, plastic, and silicon, and may be made of various materials in the spirit of allowing easy penetration by the second needle 3340. As a result, the second needle 3340 advances and perforates the film portion 3125, thereby allowing the first material M1 and the second material M2 to be mixed through the communication passage 3122h.
필름부(3125)는 액체가 투과할 수 없는 재질로 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 필름부(3125)가 제2 니들(3340)에 의해 천공되기 전에, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 혼합되는 것을 제한할 수 있다.The film portion 3125 may be formed of a material that cannot transmit liquid. As a result, mixing of the first material M1 and the second material M2 before the film portion 3125 is pierced by the second needle 3340 can be limited.
도 16을 참조하면, 제2 구획부(3130)는 주입홀부(3110h)가 형성되는 수용본체(3110)의 내측 이면과 면접촉할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 16, the second partition 3130 may be in surface contact with the inner surface of the receiving body 3110 where the injection hole 3110h is formed.
제2 구획부(3130)는 제1 공간(S1)과 약물 주입 장치(3)의 외부 공간이 제1 니들(3150)을 통해 연통되는 것을 선택적으로 허용할 수 있다.The second partition 3130 may selectively allow the first space S1 and the external space of the drug injection device 3 to communicate through the first needle 3150.
제2 구획부(3130)는 제1 니들(3150)의 위치에 따라 본체부(3100)의 내부 공간, 구체적으로 제1 공간(S1)과 주입홀부(3110h)를 선택적으로 연통시킬 수 있다. The second partition 3130 may selectively communicate with the internal space of the main body 3100, specifically the first space S1, and the injection hole 3110h, depending on the position of the first needle 3150.
도 18a, 도 18b를 참조하면, 제2 구획부(3130)에는 별도의 홀부가 형성되지 않으며, 주입홀부(3110h)와 본체부(3100)의 내부 공간을 구획하는 탄성부재로 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 18A and 18B, no separate hole portion is formed in the second partition portion 3130, and may be formed of an elastic member that partitions the inner space of the injection hole portion 3110h and the main body portion 3100.
도 19a를 참조하면, 제1 니들(3150)이 연결되는 제3 구획부(3140)가 제2 구획부(3130) 측으로 전진하는 경우, 제1 니들(3150)이 제2 구획부(3130)를 관통하여 주입홀부(3110h)로 진입할 수 있으며, 본체부(3100)의 내부 공간과 주입홀부(3110h)가 제2 구획부(3130)를 관통한 제1 니들(3150)을 통하여 연통될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 19A, when the third partition 3140 to which the first needle 3150 is connected advances toward the second partition 3130, the first needle 3150 moves the second partition 3130. It can penetrate into the injection hole 3110h, and the internal space of the main body 3100 and the injection hole 3110h can communicate through the first needle 3150 that penetrates the second partition 3130. .
이로 인하여 제2 구획부(3130)는 제1 니들(3150)의 위치에 따라 본체부(3100)의 내부 공간, 구체적으로 제1 공간(S1)이 주입홀부(3110h)를 연통시키는 홀부를 선택적으로 형성할 수 있으므로, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 혼합되기 전에 제1 물질(M1)이 외부로 배출되는 현상으로 방지할 수 있다.As a result, the second partition 3130 selectively selects the hole through which the internal space of the main body 3100, specifically the first space S1, communicates with the injection hole 3110h, depending on the position of the first needle 3150. Since it can be formed, it is possible to prevent the first material (M1) from being discharged to the outside before the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) are mixed.
도 16을 참조하면, 제3 구획부(3140)는 제1 구획부(3120) 및 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 함께 제1 공간(S1)을 형성하는 것으로써, 제3 구획부(3140)의 외주면은 수용본체(3110)의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하다.Referring to FIG. 16, the third partition 3140 forms a first space S1 together with the first partition 3120 and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and the third partition 3140 The outer peripheral surface of can be moved while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body (3110).
제3 구획부(3140)는 탄성재질로 형성되며 외주면이 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 면접촉하는 원통 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The third partition 3140 is made of an elastic material and may be formed in a cylindrical shape with the outer peripheral surface in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
제3 구획부(3140)는 수용본체(3110)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다.The third partition 3140 may share a longitudinal central axis with the receiving body 3110.
제3 구획부(3140)의 외주면에는 둘레방향을 따라 홈부가 형성될 수 있으며, 상기 홈부가 형성되는 제3 구획부(3140)의 외주면은 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 이격될 수 있다.A groove may be formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surface of the third partition 3140, and the outer peripheral surface of the third partition 3140 where the groove is formed may be spaced apart from the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
이로 인하여 제3 구획부(3140)와 수용본체(3110)의 내주면간 접촉면적을 감소시켜 제3 구획부(3140)와 수용본체(3110) 간 마찰력을 감소시킬 수 있으므로, 제3 구획부(3140)가 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 면접촉하면서 수용본체(3110)의 길이 방향을 따라 용이하게 이동할 수 있다. As a result, the contact area between the inner peripheral surfaces of the third partition 3140 and the receiving body 3110 can be reduced to reduce the friction between the third partition 3140 and the receiving body 3110, so the third partition 3140 ) can easily move along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body 3110 while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
제3 구획부(3140)는 수용본체(3110)는 길이 방향 중심축과 나란한 방향으로 관통하는 홀부가 형성될 수 있으며, 상기 홀부에는 삽입될 수 있다.The third partition 3140 may be formed with a hole penetrating the receiving body 3110 in a direction parallel to the longitudinal central axis, and may be inserted into the hole portion.
일 실시예로, 제3 구획부(3140)를 일방향(도 16기준 X축 방향)으로 관통하는 홀부는 제1 니들(3150) 및 제1 공간(S1)과 각각 연통될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the hole portion penetrating the third partition 3140 in one direction (X-axis direction based on FIG. 16) may communicate with the first needle 3150 and the first space S1, respectively.
구체적으로 제3 구획부(3140)를 관통하는 홀부는 제1 공간(S1)과 연통될 수 있으며, 제3 구획부(3140)가 전진함에 따라 상기 홀부에 삽입되는 제1 니들(3150)의 일단부가 제2 구획부(3130)를 관통하여 주입홀부(3110h)를 통과함으로써, 제1 공간(S1)이 상기 홀부 및 제1 니들(3150)을 통하여 약물 주입 장치(3)의 외부 공간과 연통될 수 있다.Specifically, the hole penetrating the third compartment 3140 may be in communication with the first space S1, and as the third compartment 3140 advances, one end of the first needle 3150 is inserted into the hole. By passing through the additional second compartment 3130 and the injection hole 3110h, the first space S1 will be in communication with the external space of the drug injection device 3 through the hole and the first needle 3150. You can.
제1 니들(3150)은 본체부(3100)의 내부 공간과 외부 공간을 연통하는 것으로써, 일단부가 첨단 형상으로 형성되며 내부가 중공인 바늘 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The first needle 3150 communicates the internal space and external space of the main body 3100, and may be formed in a needle shape with one end having a tip shape and a hollow interior.
제1 니들(3150)의 일단부는 제3 구획부(3140)에 형성되는 홀부에 삽입되며, 상기 일단부와 대향되는 타단부는 제2 구획부(3130)에 삽입될 수 있다. 구체적으로 제1 니들(3150)의 일단부는 제3 구획부(3140)에 형성되는 홀부에 위치고정되게 삽입될 수 있으며, 제1 니들(3150)은 제3 구획부(3140)와 일체로 이동할 수 있다.One end of the first needle 3150 may be inserted into a hole formed in the third partition 3140, and the other end opposite to the one end may be inserted into the second partition 3130. Specifically, one end of the first needle 3150 may be inserted in a fixed position into the hole formed in the third partition 3140, and the first needle 3150 may be moved integrally with the third partition 3140. there is.
이로 인하여 제3 구획부(3140)가 제2 구획부(3130) 측 방향으로 이동하는 경우, 제3 구획부(3140)에 위치 고정되는 제1 니들(3150)의 상기 타단부는 제2 구획부(3130)를 관통하여 약물 주입 장치(3)의 외부 공간에 노출이 됨으로써, 본체부(3100)의 내부에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 제1 니들(3150)을 통해 외부로 배출될 수 있다.As a result, when the third partition 3140 moves toward the second partition 3130, the other end of the first needle 3150, which is fixed in position to the third partition 3140, is moved to the second partition 3130. By passing through 3130 and being exposed to the external space of the drug injection device 3, the drug solution DS accommodated inside the main body 3100 may be discharged to the outside through the first needle 3150.
도 16을 참조하면, 제1 탄성부재(3160)는 제2 구획부(3130)와 제3 구획부(3140) 사이에 배치되는 것으로써, 서로 마주보는 제2 구획부(3130)의 일면 및 제3 구획부(3140)의 일면에 각각 고정되 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 16, the first elastic member 3160 is disposed between the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140, and one side and the first elastic member 3130 of the second partition 3130 face each other. Each can be fixed to one side of the three partitions 3140.
일 실시예로, 제1 탄성부재(3160)는 스프링일 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며 제1 탄성부재(3160)는 제2 구획부(3130) 및 제3 구획부(3140)와 각각 연결되어 제2 구획부(3130) 및 제3 구획부(3140) 상호 간 인력을 제공할 수 있는 기술적 사상안에서 다양한 장치로 이루어질 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first elastic member 3160 may be a spring, but is not limited thereto, and the first elastic member 3160 is connected to the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140, respectively. The second compartment 3130 and the third compartment 3140 may be comprised of various devices within a technical scope that can provide manpower to each other.
일 실시예로, 제1 탄성부재(3160)는 연장된 상태로 제2 구획부(3130) 및 제3 구획부(3140)와 각각 연결될 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제1 탄성부재(3160)는 제3 구획부(3140)에 제2 구획부(3130) 측 방향으로 탄성복원력을 인가할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first elastic member 3160 may be connected to the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140 in an extended state, respectively. Because of this, the first elastic member 3160 can apply an elastic restoring force to the third partition 3140 in the direction toward the second partition 3130.
제1 탄성부재(3160)는 제3 구획부(3140)에 주입홀부(3110h) 측 방향으로 힘을 인가할 수 있다.The first elastic member 3160 may apply force to the third partition 3140 in the direction toward the injection hole 3110h.
제3 구획부(3140)가 제2 구획부(3130) 측 방향으로 이동하기 위해서는, 제3 구획부(3140)와 수용본체(3110) 사이에 발생하는 마찰력보다 큰 힘과 제1 니들(3150)이 제2 구획부(3130)를 뚫기 위한 힘이 필요하다.In order for the third partition 3140 to move in the direction of the second partition 3130, a force greater than the friction force generated between the third partition 3140 and the receiving body 3110 and the first needle 3150 are used. Force is required to break through this second compartment 3130.
따라서, 제3 구획부(3140)를 전진시키기 위해서 사용자는 플런저부(3200)에 큰 힘이 인가되어야 하는데, 힘이 약한 환자의 경우에 플런저부(3200)에 요구되는 힘을 인가하기 어려운 경우가 발생할 수 있다.Therefore, in order to advance the third compartment 3140, the user must apply a large force to the plunger unit 3200, but in the case of a patient with weak strength, it may be difficult to apply the required force to the plunger unit 3200. It can happen.
제1 탄성부재(3160)는 탄성력 등을 이용하여 제2 구획부(3130) 및 제3 구획부(3140) 상호 간 인력을 제공함으로써, 제3 구획부(3140)가 제2 구획부(3130) 측 방향으로 원활하게 이동하는 것을 가능하게 하며, 이를 통해 사용자는 적은 힘만으로 제1 니들(3150)로 제2 구획부(3130)를 관통시킬 수 있다.The first elastic member 3160 provides an attractive force between the second partition 3130 and the third partition 3140 using elastic force, etc., so that the third partition 3140 is connected to the second partition 3130. It enables smooth movement in the lateral direction, and through this, the user can penetrate the second partition 3130 with the first needle 3150 with only a small amount of force.
도 16, 도 18a 내지 도 19b를 참조하면, 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 플런저부(3200)는 본체부(3100)의 일측에 삽입되며, 미리 설정되는 구간에서 이동가능한 것으로, 제1 플런저(3300), 제2 플런저(3400)를 포함할 수 있다.16 and 18A to 19B, the plunger portion 3200 according to the third embodiment of the present invention is inserted into one side of the main body 3100 and is movable in a preset section, and is the first plunger. (3300) and may include a second plunger (3400).
제1 플런저(3300)는 제1 로드부(3310), 스위치부(3320), 제2 탄성부재(3330), 제2 니들(3340)을 포함할 수 있다.The first plunger 3300 may include a first rod portion 3310, a switch portion 3320, a second elastic member 3330, and a second needle 3340.
제1 로드부(3310)는 외주면이 뒤에 설명할 제2 로드부(3410)의 내주면과 면접촉하면서 이동가능하게 배치되는 샤프트의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The first rod portion 3310 may be formed in the shape of a shaft that is movably disposed while its outer circumferential surface is in surface contact with the inner circumferential surface of the second rod portion 3410, which will be described later.
제1 구획부(3120)와 마주보는 제1 로드부(3310)의 일면에는 제2 니들(3340)이 위치고정되게 연결될 수 있다. 구체적으로 제1 구획부(3120)와 마주보는 제1 로드부(3310)의 일면에는 연통유로(3122h)와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유하는 제2 니들(3340)이 위치고정될 수 있다.A second needle 3340 may be connected to one side of the first rod part 3310 facing the first partition part 3120 in a fixed position. Specifically, a second needle 3340 sharing a longitudinal central axis with the communication passage 3122h may be fixed to one surface of the first rod portion 3310 facing the first partition 3120.
제2 니들(3340)은 제2 로드부(3410)에 형성되는 제2 관통홀부(3413)와 헤드부(3420)에 형성되는 제3 관통홀부(3422)를 각각 관통할 수 있으며, 제1 로드부(3310)가 제1 구획부(3120) 측으로 이동함에 따라 제2 니들(3340)은 제2, 3 관통홀부(3413, 3422)의 내주면과 슬라이딩 이동하면서 필름부(3125)를 관통할 수 있다.The second needle 3340 may penetrate the second through-hole portion 3413 formed in the second rod portion 3410 and the third through-hole portion 3422 formed in the head portion 3420, respectively, and may penetrate the first rod portion 3410. As the part 3310 moves toward the first partition 3120, the second needle 3340 can penetrate the film part 3125 while sliding with the inner peripheral surface of the second and third through- hole parts 3413 and 3422. .
제1 로드부(3310)의 외주면 상에는 단턱부(3311)가 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 제1 구획부(3120)와 인접한 제1 로드부(3310)의 일측의 직경은 제1 구획부(3120)와 상대적으로 먼 제1 로드부(3310)의 일측의 직경보다 상대적으로 작게 형성될 수 있으며, 상기 직경의 차이에 의하여 제1 로드부(3310)의 외주면 상에서 단턱부(3311)가 형성될 수 있다.A stepped portion 3311 may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the first rod portion 3310. Specifically, the diameter of one side of the first rod portion 3310 adjacent to the first partition 3120 is relatively smaller than the diameter of one side of the first rod portion 3310 that is relatively distant from the first partition 3120. A stepped portion 3311 may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the first rod portion 3310 due to the difference in diameter.
단턱부(3311)에는 제2 탄성부재(3330)의 일측이 접촉할 수 있으며, 제2 탄성부재(3330)는 단턱부(3311)에 힘을 인가할 수 있다. 이와 관련된 설명은 제2 탄성부재(3330)에 관한 설명에서 상세하게 한다.One side of the second elastic member 3330 may contact the step portion 3311, and the second elastic member 3330 may apply force to the step portion 3311. A detailed explanation regarding this is given in the description of the second elastic member 3330.
제1 로드부(3310)의 일단부에는 스위치부(3320)가 연결될 수 있다. 스위치부(3320)의 일측은 제1 로드부(3310)의 일단부와 연결될 수 있으며, 상기 일측과 대향하는 타측은 제2 로드부(3410)의 외측으로 돌출될 수 있다.A switch unit 3320 may be connected to one end of the first load unit 3310. One side of the switch unit 3320 may be connected to one end of the first rod unit 3310, and the other side opposite to the one side may protrude to the outside of the second rod unit 3410.
이로 인하여 사용자는 스위치부(3320)를 누름으로써, 제1 로드부(3310)를 전진시킬 수 있으며, 제1 로드부(3310)가 전진함에 따라 제2 니들(3340)이 필름부(3125)를 관통할 수 있다.Due to this, the user can advance the first rod unit 3310 by pressing the switch unit 3320, and as the first rod unit 3310 advances, the second needle 3340 moves the film unit 3125. It can penetrate.
선택적 실시예로, 스위치부(3320)는 제1 로드부(3310)와 일체로 형성될 수 있다.In an optional embodiment, the switch unit 3320 may be formed integrally with the first load unit 3310.
그러나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 스위치부(3320)는 제2 로드부(3410)의 내측에 삽입되는 제1 로드부(3310)와 연결되며, 일측이 제2 로드부(3410)의 외측으로 돌출되는 다양한 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.However, it is not limited to this, and the switch unit 3320 is connected to the first rod unit 3310 inserted inside the second rod unit 3410, and one side protrudes outward from the second rod unit 3410. It can be formed into various shapes.
도 16, 도 18a, 도 18b를 참조하면, 제2 탄성부재(3330)의 일단부는 제1 로드부(3310)와 마주보는 제2 로드부(3410)의 내측 일면과 연결되며, 제2 탄성부재(3330)의 타단부는 제1 로드부(3310)와 연결될 수 있다.16, 18A, and 18B, one end of the second elastic member 3330 is connected to one inner surface of the second rod portion 3410 facing the first rod portion 3310, and the second elastic member The other end of 3330 may be connected to the first load portion 3310.
구체적으로 제2 탄성부재(3330)의 상기 타단부는 제1 로드부(3310)에 형성되는 단턱부(3311)와 접촉하여, 제1 로드부(3310)에 탄성력을 인가할 수 있다.Specifically, the other end of the second elastic member 3330 may contact the step portion 3311 formed on the first rod portion 3310 to apply elastic force to the first rod portion 3310.
이로 인하여 사용자로부터 힘을 인가받은 제1 로드부(3310)가 제1 구획부(3120) 측으로 전진하여 제2 니들(3340)이 필름부(3125)를 관통한 후 상기 힘이 제거된 경우, 압축된 제2 탄성부재(3330)가 제1 로드부(3310)에 전진방향과 다른 후퇴방향으로 탄성력을 인가할 수 있으므로, 제1 로드부(3310) 및 제2 니들(3340)은 원위치로 복귀할 수 있다.As a result, the first rod unit 3310, which has received force from the user, advances toward the first partition 3120 and the second needle 3340 penetrates the film unit 3125, and when the force is removed, compression occurs. Since the second elastic member 3330 can apply an elastic force to the first rod unit 3310 in a retreat direction different from the forward direction, the first rod unit 3310 and the second needle 3340 can be returned to their original positions. You can.
이를 통해, 제2 니들(3340)이 필름부(3125)를 관통한 후 연통유로(3122h)로부터 후퇴하게 되므로, 연통유로(3122h)는 다른 방해요소 없이 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 연통시켜 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 혼합될 수 있다.Through this, the second needle 3340 retreats from the communication passage 3122h after penetrating the film portion 3125, so that the communication passage 3122h is divided into the first space S1 and the second space (S1) without any other obstructions. The first material (M1) and the second material (M2) can be mixed by communicating S2).
제1 플런저(3300)는 제1 구획부(3120) 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라, 필름부(3125)를 관통가능한 제2 니들(3340)을 포함할 수 있다.As the first plunger 3300 advances toward the first partition 3120, it may include a second needle 3340 capable of penetrating the film portion 3125.
제2 니들(3340)은 연통유로(3122h)와 깉이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다. The second needle 3340 may share a central axis in the direction of the communication channel 3122h.
제2 니들(3340)의 일단부는 제1 구획부(3120)와 인접한 제1 플런저(3300)의 일면에 연결될 수 있으며, 상기 일단부와 다른 타단부는 제2 플런저(3400)를 관통할 수 있다. One end of the second needle 3340 may be connected to one surface of the first plunger 3300 adjacent to the first partition 3120, and the other end, which is different from the one end, may penetrate the second plunger 3400. .
또한, 제1 플런저(3300)가 제1 구획부(3120) 방향으로 전진함에 따라, 제2 니들(3340)은 제2 플런저(3400)를 관통하여 제2 공간(S2)에 위치하는 필름부(3125)와 접촉할 수 있다.In addition, as the first plunger 3300 advances in the direction of the first partition 3120, the second needle 3340 penetrates the second plunger 3400 and the film portion located in the second space S2 ( 3125).
제1 구획부(3120)와 인접한 제2 플런저(3400)의 일단부에는 제2 관통홀부(3413)가 형성되어 있으며, 헤드부(3420)에는 제3 관통홀부(3422)가 형성될 수 있다. 제2 관통홀부(3413)와 제3 관통홀부(3422)는 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있으며, 구체적으로 제2 관통홀부(3413)와 제3 관통홀부(3422)의 길이 방향 중심축은 연통유로(3122h)의 길이 방향 중심축과 일치할 수 있다.A second through-hole portion 3413 may be formed at one end of the second plunger 3400 adjacent to the first partition 3120, and a third through-hole portion 3422 may be formed at the head portion 3420. The second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422 may share a longitudinal central axis. Specifically, the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422 is a communication passage ( 3122h) may coincide with the longitudinal central axis.
제2 니들(3340)은 제2 관통홀부(3413) 및 제3 관통홀부(3422)의 내주면과 면접촉하면서 이동할 수 있고, 제1 플런저(3300)가 전진함에 따라, 제2 니들(3340)은 제2 관통홀부(3413) 및 제3 관통홀부(3422)를 통과하여 필름부(3125)가 위치하는 영역에 도달할 수 있다.The second needle 3340 can move while making surface contact with the inner peripheral surfaces of the second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422, and as the first plunger 3300 advances, the second needle 3340 It can pass through the second through-hole portion 3413 and the third through-hole portion 3422 to reach the area where the film portion 3125 is located.
제2 니들(3340)의 직경은 연통유로(3122h)의 내경과 동일하거나 상대적으로 작게 형성될 수 있다. The diameter of the second needle 3340 may be the same as the inner diameter of the communication passage 3122h or may be relatively small.
도 16 내지 도 19b를 참조하면, 제2 플런저(3400)는 수용본체(3110)의 일측에 삽입되며, 미리 설정되는 방향으로 전진하면서 약액(DS)을 배출시키는 것으로써, 제2 로드부(3410), 헤드부(3420)를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 16 to 19B, the second plunger 3400 is inserted into one side of the receiving body 3110 and discharges the chemical solution DS while advancing in a preset direction, thereby discharging the second rod portion 3410. ), and may include a head portion 3420.
제2 로드부(3410)의 외주면은 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 면접촉하며, 제2 로드부(3410)의 내주면의 제1 로드부(3310)의 외주면과 면접촉할 수 있다.The outer peripheral surface of the second rod unit 3410 may be in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and the inner peripheral surface of the second rod unit 3410 may be in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the first rod unit 3310.
구체적으로 제2 로드부(3410)는 수용본체(3110)의 일측에 삽입되어 미리 설정되는 방향으로 전진 및 후퇴가 가능하며, 제1 로드부(3310)는 제2 로드부(3410)의 일측에 삽입되어 미리 설정되는 방향으로 전진 및 후퇴가 가능하다.Specifically, the second rod portion 3410 is inserted into one side of the receiving body 3110 and can advance and retreat in a preset direction, and the first rod portion 3310 is inserted into one side of the second rod portion 3410. Once inserted, it can advance and retreat in a preset direction.
제1 구획부(3120)와 인접한 제2 로드부(3410)의 일단부는 헤드부(3420)와 연결될 수 있다. One end of the second rod part 3410 adjacent to the first partition 3120 may be connected to the head part 3420.
도 17을 참조하면 헤드부(3420)와 제2 로드부(3410) 각각은 수용본체(3110)의 외주면과 면접촉하면서, 서로 마주보는 헤드부(3420)의 일면과 제2 로드부(3410)의 일면은 서로 위치 고정되게 연결될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 17, each of the head portion 3420 and the second rod portion 3410 is in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110, and one surface of the head portion 3420 and the second rod portion 3410 face each other. One side of may be connected to each other in a fixed position.
도 17, 도 20을 참조하면, 헤드부(3420)와 마주보는 제2 로드부(3410)의 일면에는 필터부(3500)가 안착가능한 필터안착부(3411)가 홈부의 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 17 and 20, a filter seating portion 3411 on which the filter portion 3500 can be seated may be formed in the shape of a groove on one surface of the second rod portion 3410 facing the head portion 3420. .
일 실시예로, 필터안착부(3411)는 제2 관통홀부(3413)의 길이 방향 중심축을 중심으로 하는 링 형상의 홈부로 형성될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the filter seating portion 3411 may be formed as a ring-shaped groove centered on the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413.
도 17, 도 20을 참조하면, 헤드부(3420)와 마주보는 필터안착부(3411)의 내측 일면에는 플런저부(3200)의 내부 공간 또는 약물 주입 장치(3)의 외부 공간과 연통되는 적어도 하나 이상의 제1 배기홀부(3412)가 형성될 수 있다.17 and 20, on one inner surface of the filter seating portion 3411 facing the head portion 3420, there is at least one device that communicates with the inner space of the plunger portion 3200 or the outer space of the drug injection device 3. The above first exhaust hole portion 3412 may be formed.
제1 배기홀부(3412)는 약액(DS)에 포함되는 제1 공간(S1) 및 제2 공간(S2)의 외부로 배기되는 경로를 제공할 수 있다.The first exhaust hole 3412 may provide an exhaust path to the outside of the first space S1 and the second space S2 included in the chemical solution DS.
본체부(3100)에 수용되는 약액(DS)은 뒤에 설명할 제2 배기홀부(3421)를 통해 헤드부(3420)를 통과할 수 있으며, 헤드부(3420)를 통과한 약액(DS)은 필터부(3500)가 안착되는 필터안착부(3411)로 유동하게 된다. 필터부(3500)는 기체(G)만을 선택적으로 투과시킬 수 있으며, 액체 상태의 약액(DS)은 필터부(3500)를 통과하지 못하여 제1 배기홀부(3412)로 배출되지 못하며, 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)만이 필터부(3500)를 통과하여 제1 배기홀부(3412)로 배출될 수 있다.The chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the main body portion 3100 may pass through the head portion 3420 through the second exhaust hole portion 3421, which will be described later, and the chemical solution (DS) passing through the head portion 3420 may be filtered. It flows to the filter seating part 3411 where the part 3500 is seated. The filter unit 3500 can selectively transmit only gas (G), and the liquid chemical solution (DS) cannot pass through the filter unit 3500 and is not discharged into the first exhaust hole 3412. ) can only pass through the filter unit 3500 and be discharged into the first exhaust hole unit 3412.
제1 배기홀부(3412)는 제2 관통홀부(3413)의 길이 방향 중심축을 기준으로 미리 설정되는 각도를 이루면서 복수 개가 형성될 수 있다.A plurality of first exhaust hole portions 3412 may be formed at a preset angle with respect to the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413.
제1 배기홀부(3412)가 형성되는 필터안착부(3411)의 내측 일면, 필터안착부(3411)의 내주면 및 제2 로드부(3410)와 마주보는 헤드부(3420)의 일면은 필터부(3500)가 안착되는 공간을 형성할 수 있으며, 제2 배기홀부(3421)는 기체(G)의 필터부(3500)로의 유입경로를 제공하며, 제1 배기홀부(3412)는 기체(G)의 필터부(3500)로부터의 배출경로를 제공한다.One inner surface of the filter seating portion 3411 where the first exhaust hole portion 3412 is formed, the inner peripheral surface of the filter seating portion 3411, and one surface of the head portion 3420 facing the second rod portion 3410 are filter portions ( 3500) can form a space in which the gas (G) is seated, and the second exhaust hole portion (3421) provides an inflow path for the gas (G) into the filter portion (3500), and the first exhaust hole portion (3412) provides a space for the gas (G) to flow into the filter portion (3500). A discharge path from the filter unit 3500 is provided.
헤드부(3420)와 마주보는 제2 로드부(3410)의 일면에는 제2 관통홀부(3413)가 형성될 수 있다. 제2 관통홀부(3413)는 연통유로(3122h)의 길이 방향 중심축, 제2 니들(3340)의 길이 방향 중심축, 제3 관통홀부(3422)의 길이 방향 중심축 중 적어도 하나와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다.A second through-hole portion 3413 may be formed on one surface of the second rod portion 3410 facing the head portion 3420. The second through-hole portion 3413 is located at least one of the longitudinal central axis of the communication passage 3122h, the longitudinal central axis of the second needle 3340, and the longitudinal central axis of the third through-hole portion 3422. Axes can be shared.
제2 관통홀부(3413)의 내주면은 제2 니들(3340)의 외주면과 면접촉할 수 있으며, 제2 관통홀부(3413)는 제2 니들(3340)의 이동경로를 제공할 수 있다.The inner peripheral surface of the second through-hole portion 3413 may be in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the second needle 3340, and the second through-hole portion 3413 may provide a movement path for the second needle 3340.
헤드부(3420)는 제2 로드부(3410)의 단부에 연결되며, 헤드부(3420)의 외주면은 수용본체(3110)의 내주면과 면접촉할 수 있다.The head portion 3420 is connected to the end of the second rod portion 3410, and the outer peripheral surface of the head portion 3420 may be in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body 3110.
제2 로드부(3410)가 전진하는 경우, 헤드부(3420)는 제2 로드부(3410)에 연결되어 동 방향으로 전진할 수 있으며, 헤드부(3420)가 전진하면서 제1 공간(S1) 및 제2 공간(S2) 중 적어도 하나가 축소될 수 있다.When the second rod unit 3410 moves forward, the head unit 3420 is connected to the second rod unit 3410 and can advance in the same direction, and as the head unit 3420 advances, the first space S1 and at least one of the second space S2 may be reduced.
헤드부(3420)에는 제2 배기홀부(3421)가 형성될 수 있으며, 구체적으로 제2 배기홀부(3421)는 제2 공간(S2)과 제2 로드부(3410)가 위치하는 영역을 연통시킬 수 있다.A second exhaust hole portion 3421 may be formed in the head portion 3420. Specifically, the second exhaust hole portion 3421 communicates with the second space S2 and the area where the second rod portion 3410 is located. You can.
제2 배기홀부(3421)는 필터안착부(3411)와 연통될 수 있으며, 이를 통해 제2 배기홀부(3421)는 제1 배기홀부(3412)와 연통될 수 있다. 수용본체(3110) 내부에 위치하는 기체(G)가 제2 배기홀부(3421), 필터부(3500), 제1 배기홀부(3412)를 순차적으로 통과하여 약물 주입 장치(3)의 외부로 배출될 수 있다.The second exhaust hole portion 3421 may communicate with the filter seating portion 3411, and through this, the second exhaust hole portion 3421 may communicate with the first exhaust hole portion 3412. The gas (G) located inside the receiving body 3110 sequentially passes through the second exhaust hole portion 3421, the filter portion 3500, and the first exhaust hole portion 3412 and is discharged to the outside of the drug injection device 3. It can be.
도 20을 참조하면, 헤드부(3420)에는 제3 관통홀부(3422)가 형성될 수 있다. 제3 관통홀부(3422)는 연통유로(3122h)의 길이 방향 중심축, 제2 니들(3340)의 길이 방향 중심축, 제2 관통홀부(3413)의 길이 방향 중심축 중 적어도 하나와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 20, a third through-hole portion 3422 may be formed in the head portion 3420. The third through-hole portion 3422 is located at least one of the longitudinal central axis of the communication passage 3122h, the longitudinal central axis of the second needle 3340, and the longitudinal central axis of the second through-hole portion 3413. Axes can be shared.
제3 관통홀부(3422)의 내주면은 제2 니들(3340)의 외주면과 면접촉할 수 있으며, 제3 관통홀부(3422)는 제2 관통홀부(3413)와 함께 제2 니들(3340)의 이동경로를 제공할 수 있다.The inner peripheral surface of the third through-hole portion 3422 may be in surface contact with the outer peripheral surface of the second needle 3340, and the third through-hole portion 3422 moves the second needle 3340 together with the second through-hole portion 3413. A route can be provided.
도 20을 참조하면, 필터부(3500)는 필터안착부(3411)에 안착되며, 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)를 선택적으로 배출할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 20, the filter unit 3500 is seated on the filter seating unit 3411 and can selectively discharge the gas G contained in the chemical solution DS.
필터부(3500)의 형상은 필터안착부(3411)의 형상에 대응되게 형성될 수 있다. 구체적으로 필터부(3500)는 필터안착부(3411)의 형상에 대응되는 링 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.The shape of the filter unit 3500 may be formed to correspond to the shape of the filter seating unit 3411. Specifically, the filter unit 3500 may be formed in a ring shape corresponding to the shape of the filter seating unit 3411.
필터부(3500)는 폴리카보네이트 멤브레인 필터(polycarbonate membrane filter), 나일론 멤브레인 필터(nylon membrane filter), 폴리술폰 멤브레인 필터(polysulfone membrane filter), 플루오르화 폴리비닐리덴 멤브레인 필터(polyvinylidene fluoride membrane filter), 셀룰로오스 아세테이트 멤브레인 필터(cellulose acetate membrane filter), 폴리테트라플루오로에틸렌 멤브레인 필터(polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter) 등 기체(G)를 선택적으로 투과시킬 수 있는 다양한 필터로 이루어질 수 있다.The filter unit 3500 includes a polycarbonate membrane filter, a nylon membrane filter, a polysulfone membrane filter, a polyvinylidene fluoride membrane filter, and cellulose. It can be made of various filters that can selectively transmit gas (G), such as an acetate membrane filter (cellulose acetate membrane filter) and polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter (polytetrafluoroethylene membrane filter).
이하, 본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(3)의 작동원리 및 효과를 설명하고자 한다. Hereinafter, the operating principle and effects of the drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described.
본 명세서에서 작동원리 및 방법을 시계열적으로 설명하는 것은 설명의 편의를 위한 것이며, 이하에서 설명하는 작동원리 및 방법 등은 설명의 순서에 한정되는 것은 아니고 동시에 이루어질 수 있다.In this specification, the operating principles and methods are described in chronological order for convenience of explanation, and the operating principles and methods described below are not limited to the order of explanation and can be performed simultaneously.
본 발명의 제3 실시예에 따른 약물 주입 장치(3)는 제1 플런저(3300)가 이동하여 필름부(3125)가 관통됨에 따라 본체부(3100)의 내부 공간에 형성되는 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 선택적으로 연통됨으로써, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)에 각각 수용되는 제1 물질(M1) 밀 제2 물질(M2)이 서로 혼합되는 장치에 관한 것이다.The drug injection device 3 according to the third embodiment of the present invention has a first space (S1) formed in the inner space of the main body 3100 as the first plunger 3300 moves and penetrates the film portion 3125. ) and the second space (S2) are selectively communicated, so that the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second space (S2) are mixed with each other. It's about.
도 16, 도 17, 도 18a, 도 18b를 참조하면, 본체부(3100)의 내주면, 제1 구획부(3120) 및 제3 구획부(3140)는 수용액 등 제1 물질(M1)이 수용되는 제1 공간(S1)을 형성할 수 있으며, 수용부의 내주면, 제1 구획부(3120) 및 헤드부(3420)는 제2 물질(M2)이 수용되는 제2 공간(S2)을 형성할 수 있다.Referring to FIGS. 16, 17, 18A, and 18B, the inner peripheral surface of the main body 3100, the first partition 3120, and the third partition 3140 are configured to accommodate the first material M1, such as an aqueous solution. A first space (S1) may be formed, and the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion, the first partition portion (3120), and the head portion (3420) may form a second space (S2) in which the second material (M2) is accommodated. .
제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2) 사이에는 제1 구획부(3120)가 배치되며, 제1 구획부(3120)의 유로본체(3122)에 형성되는 연통유로(3122h)가 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)을 선택적으로 연통시킬 수 있다.A first partition 3120 is disposed between the first space S1 and the second space S2, and the communication passage 3122h formed in the flow path body 3122 of the first partition 3120 is the first partition 3120. The space (S1) and the second space (S2) can be selectively communicated.
필름부(3125)는 연통유로(3122h)의 일 개구부를 커버하면서 유로본체(3122)의 일면과 면접촉할 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제2 니들(3340)이 필름부(3125)를 관통하기 전까지, 필름부(3125)는 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)이 연통유로(3122h)로 통하여 유동하는 것을 제한할 수 있다.The film portion 3125 may cover one opening of the communication passage 3122h and make surface contact with one surface of the passage main body 3122. As a result, until the second needle 3340 penetrates the film portion 3125, the film portion 3125 restricts the first material (M1) and the second material (M2) from flowing through the communication passage (3122h). can do.
도 18a를 참조하면, 사용자는 스위치부(3320)에 힘을 인가하여 제1 로드부(3310)를 제1 구획부(3120) 측 방향으로 전진시킬 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 18A, the user may apply force to the switch unit 3320 to advance the first rod unit 3310 toward the first partition unit 3120.
제1 로드부(3310)가 상기 힘을 전달받아 제1 구획부(3120) 측으로 전달하는 경우, 제1 로드부(3310)의 단부에 연결되는 제2 니들(3340)은 제2 플런저(3400)를 통과하여 제2 공간(S2)에 도달한 후, 필름부(3125)를 관통할 수 있다.When the first rod unit 3310 receives the force and transmits it to the first partition 3120, the second needle 3340 connected to the end of the first rod unit 3310 is the second plunger 3400. After passing through and reaching the second space (S2), it may pass through the film portion 3125.
구체적으로 제1 로드부(3310)의 단부에 연결되는 제2 니들(3340)은, 제2 로드부(3410)의 제2 관통홀부(3413), 헤드부(3420)의 제3 관통홀부(3422)를 순차적으로 통과하여 전진할 수 있으며, 제2 니들(3340)은 제2 공간(S2)을 지나 연통유로(3122h)에 대응되는 필름부(3125)의 일면을 관통하여 연통유로(3122h)에 삽입될 수 있다.Specifically, the second needle 3340 connected to the end of the first rod portion 3310 includes the second through-hole portion 3413 of the second rod portion 3410 and the third through-hole portion 3422 of the head portion 3420. ) can advance by sequentially passing through, and the second needle 3340 passes through the second space S2 and penetrates one side of the film portion 3125 corresponding to the communication passage 3122h to the communication passage 3122h. can be inserted.
도 16, 도 18b를 참조하면, 제2 로드부(3410)와 제1 로드부(3310) 사이에 배치되는 제2 탄성부재(3330)는 제1 로드부(3310)에 후퇴방향으로 힘을 인가할 수 있으며, 이로 인하여 제2 니들(3340)은 제1 로드부(3310)와 함께 원위치로 이동하게 된다. 16 and 18B, the second elastic member 3330 disposed between the second rod portion 3410 and the first rod portion 3310 applies force to the first rod portion 3310 in the retreat direction. This is possible, and as a result, the second needle 3340 moves to the original position together with the first rod unit 3310.
이로 인하여 제2 니들(3340)에 의하여 연통유로(3122h)에 대응되는 필름부(3125)의 일면이 천공되어, 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)이 연통유로(3122h)를 통해 연통될 수 있으며, 이를 통해 제1 공간(S1)에 수용되는 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 공간(S2)에 수용되는 제2 물질(M2)이 서로 혼합되는 것이 허용된다.As a result, one side of the film portion 3125 corresponding to the communication passage 3122h is perforated by the second needle 3340, and the first space S1 and the second space S2 are formed through the communication passage 3122h. They may communicate, and through this, the first material (M1) accommodated in the first space (S1) and the second material (M2) accommodated in the second space (S2) are allowed to mix with each other.
필름부(3125)가 제2 니들(3340)에 의하여 천공된 이후, 제1 물질(M1)과 제2 물질(M2)은 연통유로(3122h)를 통하여 혼합되어 약액(DS)을 생성할 수 있으며, 수용본체(3110)의 제1 공간(S1)과 제2 공간(S2)에는 약액(DS)이 수용될 수 있다.After the film portion 3125 is pierced by the second needle 3340, the first material M1 and the second material M2 are mixed through the communication passage 3122h to generate the chemical solution DS. , the chemical solution DS may be accommodated in the first space S1 and the second space S2 of the receiving body 3110.
도 18b를 참조하면, 사용자는 제2 로드부(3410)에 힘을 인가하여 제2 로드부(3410)를 전진시킬 수 있으며, 힘을 전달받은 제2 로드부(3410)는 헤드부(3420)와 함께 제1 구획부(3120) 측으로 전진하게 된다. Referring to FIG. 18B, the user can apply force to the second rod portion 3410 to advance the second rod portion 3410, and the second rod portion 3410 that receives the force is the head portion 3420. It advances toward the first partition 3120.
헤드부(3420)가 제1 구획부(3120)로 전진하면서, 제1 구획부(3120), 헤드부(3420) 및 수용본체(3110)의 내주면이 형성하는 제2 공간(S2)의 크기는 축소되게 되며, 제2 공간(S2)에 수용되는 약액(DS)은 연통유로(3122h)를 통해 제1 공간(S1)으로 이동할 수 있다.As the head part 3420 advances toward the first partition 3120, the size of the second space S2 formed by the inner peripheral surface of the first partition 3120, the head part 3420, and the receiving body 3110 increases. It is reduced, and the chemical solution DS accommodated in the second space S2 can move to the first space S1 through the communication passage 3122h.
제2 공간(S2)에 있는 약액(DS)이 제1 공간(S1)으로 유동하면서, 제1 공간(S1)의 압력을 증가하게 된다. 이로 인하여 제3 구획부(3140) 및 제3 구획부(3140)에 연결되는 제1 니들(3150)은 상기 압력으로 인하여 제2 구획부(3130) 측으로 이동할 수 있다.As the chemical solution DS in the second space S2 flows into the first space S1, the pressure of the first space S1 increases. As a result, the third compartment 3140 and the first needle 3150 connected to the third compartment 3140 may move toward the second compartment 3130 due to the pressure.
제1 니들(3150)은 제2 구획부(3130) 측으로 이동하면서 제2 구획부(3130)를 관통하게 되며, 이로 인하여 제1 니들(3150)은 제1 공간(S1)과 주입홀부(3110h)를 연통시킬 수 있다. 이로 인하여 제1 공간(S1)에 수용되는 약액(DS)은 제1 니들(3150)을 통해 외부로 배출될 수 있다.The first needle 3150 moves toward the second partition 3130 and penetrates the second partition 3130. As a result, the first needle 3150 passes through the first space S1 and the injection hole 3110h. can communicate. As a result, the chemical solution DS accommodated in the first space S1 may be discharged to the outside through the first needle 3150.
도 19a, 도 19b를 참조하면, 제2 로드부(3410)가 계속 전진하면서 헤드부(3420)의 일면과 제1 구획부(3120)의 일면은 접촉하게되며, 제2 공간(S2)에 수용되었던 약액(DS)은 모두 제1 공간(S1)으로 이동하게 된다.Referring to FIGS. 19A and 19B, as the second rod unit 3410 continues to advance, one surface of the head unit 3420 and one surface of the first partition 3120 come into contact with each other and are accommodated in the second space S2. All of the chemical solution DS moves to the first space S1.
이후, 제2 로드부(3410)가 계속 전진함에 따라 헤드부(3420)와 제1 구획부(3120)는 제2 로드부(3410)와 함께 일체로 전진하게 되며, 제1 구획부(3120), 수용본체(3110)의 내주면, 제3 구획부(3140)가 형성하는 제1 공간(S1)의 크기는 점점 축소되면서, 제1 공간(S1)에 수용되는 약액(DS)이 제1 니들(3150)을 통하여 외부로 배출되게 된다.Thereafter, as the second load part 3410 continues to advance, the head part 3420 and the first partition 3120 move forward together with the second load part 3410, and the first partition 3120 , As the size of the first space (S1) formed by the third partition (3140) on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body (3110) gradually decreases, the chemical solution (DS) accommodated in the first space (S1) is transferred to the first needle ( 3150) and is discharged to the outside.
도 17, 도 19a, 도 19b, 도 20을 참조하면, 제2 로드부(3410)가 전진함에 따라, 수용본체(3110)에 수용되는 약액(DS)은 헤드부(3420)에 형성되는 제2 배기홀부(3421)를 통해 유동할 수 있다. Referring to FIGS. 17, 19A, 19B, and 20, as the second rod portion 3410 moves forward, the chemical solution DS accommodated in the receiving body 3110 flows into the second rod portion 3420 formed in the head portion 3420. It can flow through the exhaust hole portion 3421.
제2 배기홀부(3421)는 필터안착부(3411) 및 제1 배기홀부(3412)와 연통되며, 제2 배기홀부(3421)를 통과한 약액(DS)은 필터안착부(3411)에 안착되는 필터부(3500)에 의하여 이동이 제한될 수 있다.The second exhaust hole portion 3421 communicates with the filter seating portion 3411 and the first exhaust hole portion 3412, and the chemical solution (DS) passing through the second exhaust hole portion 3421 is seated on the filter seating portion 3411. Movement may be restricted by the filter unit 3500.
이 경우, 약액(DS)에 포함되는 기체(G)만이 필터부(3500)를 통과할 수 있으므로, 기체(G)만이 필터부(3500)를 통과하여 제1 배기홀부(3412)로 배기될 수 있으며, 액체 상태의 약액(DS)은 필터부(3500)를 통과하지 못하고 수용본체(3110) 내부 공간에 잔존하여 주입 홀부를 통해 배출될 수 있다.In this case, since only the gas (G) included in the chemical solution (DS) can pass through the filter unit 3500, only the gas (G) can pass through the filter unit 3500 and be exhausted through the first exhaust hole unit 3412. In addition, the chemical solution DS in a liquid state may not pass through the filter unit 3500 and may remain in the inner space of the receiving body 3110 and be discharged through the injection hole.
이로 인하여 사용자의 체내에 주입되는 약액(DS)의 기체(G)포화도를 낮출 수 있으므로, 기체(G)가 약액(DS)과 함께 사용자의 체내에 주입됨에 따라 발생하는 부작용을 방지할 수 있다.As a result, the gas (G) saturation of the chemical solution (DS) injected into the user's body can be lowered, thereby preventing side effects that occur as the gas (G) is injected into the user's body together with the chemical solution (DS).
본 발명의 사상은 상기 설명된 실시예에 국한되어 정해져서는 아니되며, 후술하는 특허청구범위뿐만 아니라, 이 특허청구범위와 균등한 또는 이로부터 등가적으로 변경된 모든 범위는 본 발명의 사상의 범주에 속한다고 할 것이다.The spirit of the present invention should not be limited to the above-described embodiments, and the scope of the claims described below, as well as all scopes equivalent to or equivalently changed from the claims, are within the scope of the spirit of the present invention. It will be said that it belongs.
본 발명에 의하면, 약액 주입 장치를 제공한다. 또한, 산업상 이용하는, 환자의 몸 안에 약액을 주입하는 기구 등에 본 발명의 실시예들을 적용할 수 있다.According to the present invention, a chemical liquid injection device is provided. Additionally, embodiments of the present invention can be applied to industrial devices that inject medicinal solutions into a patient's body.

Claims (14)

  1. 제1 물질을 수용가능한 제1 공간과 제2 물질을 수용가능하며 상기 제1 공간과 구분되는 제2 공간이 형성되는 본체부;a main body in which a first space capable of accommodating a first material and a second space capable of accommodating a second material and distinguished from the first space are formed;
    상기 본체부의 일측에 삽입되며, 미리 설정되는 구간에서 이동가능한 플런저부; 및a plunger portion inserted into one side of the main body and movable in a preset section; and
    상기 본체부의 내부 공간과 외부 공간을 연통시키는 경로상에 배치되며, 상기 제1 물질 및 상기 제2 물질 중 적어도 하나 이상에 포함되는 기체를 선택적으로 배출하는 필터부;를 포함하며,It includes a filter unit disposed on a path that communicates the internal space of the main body with the external space, and selectively discharges gas contained in at least one of the first material and the second material,
    상기 플런저부가 이동함에 따라, 상기 제1 공간과 상기 제2 공간이 선택적으로 연통되는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치. A drug injection device, wherein as the plunger part moves, the first space and the second space are selectively communicated.
  2. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 본체부는,The main body part,
    일측에 개구부가 형성되며 중공관 형상으로 형성되는 수용본체; 및An opening is formed on one side and a receiving body formed in the shape of a hollow tube; and
    상기 수용본체의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하며, 상기 제1 공간과 상기 제2 공간을 선택적으로 구획하는 구획부;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device comprising: a partition portion that is movable while in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body and selectively partitions the first space and the second space.
  3. 제2항에 있어서,According to paragraph 2,
    상기 수용본체의 내주면 상에는, 상기 수용본체의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되며 홈부의 형상을 가지는 바이패스부가 형성되는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device, characterized in that a bypass part is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body, extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body and having the shape of a groove.
  4. 제3항에 있어서,According to paragraph 3,
    상기 바이패스부의 길이는 상기 구획부가 수용본체의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 길이보다 상대적으로 길게 형성되는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device, wherein the bypass portion is formed to be relatively longer than the length of the partition portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the receiving body.
  5. 제2항에 있어서,According to paragraph 2,
    상기 수용본체 및 상기 필터부와 각각 연결되며, 상기 수용본체에 수용되는 상기 제1 물질 및 상기 제2 물질 중 적어도 어느 하나의 배출 경로를 제공하는 주입부;를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.Drug injection, characterized in that it further comprises an injection unit connected to the receiving body and the filter unit, respectively, and providing an discharge path for at least one of the first material and the second material accommodated in the receiving body. Device.
  6. 제5항에 있어서,According to clause 5,
    상기 주입부의 일측에는 본체부의 내부 공간과 연통되는 주입홀부가 형성되고, 상기 일측에 대향하는 타측에는 상기 본체부의 내부 공간 및 상기 주입홀부와 각각 연통되는 배기홀부가 각각 형성되며, An injection hole communicating with the internal space of the main body is formed on one side of the injection unit, and an exhaust hole communicating with the internal space of the main body and the injection hole is formed on the other side opposite to the one side, respectively,
    상기 배기홀부가 형성되는 상기 주입부의 일면은 상기 필터부와 면접촉하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device, characterized in that one surface of the injection unit where the exhaust hole is formed is in surface contact with the filter unit.
  7. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 본체부의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하면서 이동이 가능하며, 내부가 중공인 수용부;를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device, characterized in that it further comprises a receiving portion that is hollow on the inside and is movable while making surface contact with the circumference of the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion.
  8. 제7항에 있어서,In clause 7,
    상기 플런저부는,The plunger part,
    상기 본체부의 내부에 위치하며, 상기 수용부 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라 상기 수용부의 내부 공간과 상기 본체부의 내부 공간을 선택적으로 연통시키는 제1 플런저; 및a first plunger located inside the main body and selectively communicating with the internal space of the main body as it advances toward the accommodating part; and
    상기 수용부 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라 상기 수용부의 내부 공간 및 상기 본체부의 내부 공간에 수용되는 상기 제1 물질 및 상기 제2 물질을 상기 본체부의 외부로 배출시키는 제2 플런저;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A second plunger that discharges the first material and the second material accommodated in the inner space of the receiving portion and the inner space of the main body portion to the outside of the main body portion as it advances toward the receiving portion. A drug injection device.
  9. 제8항에 있어서,According to clause 8,
    상기 제1 플런저는,The first plunger is,
    상기 제2 플런저 상에서 이동가능한 슬라이딩본체; 및a sliding body movable on the second plunger; and
    상기 슬라이딩본체와 연결되며, 상기 슬라이딩본체가 이동함에 따라 상기 수용부의 내주면 둘레와 선택적으로 면접촉이 가능한 구획부;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device comprising: a compartment connected to the sliding body and capable of selectively making surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving portion as the sliding body moves.
  10. 제8항에 있어서,According to clause 8,
    상기 제2 플런저는, 상기 제1 플런저의 이동 경로를 제공하도록 상기 본체부의 길이 방향으로 레일부가 형성되는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.The second plunger is a drug injection device characterized in that a rail portion is formed in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion to provide a movement path for the first plunger.
  11. 제8항에 있어서,According to clause 8,
    상기 제2 플런저는, The second plunger,
    상기 수용부와 인접한 일단부에는 상기 필터부가 안착 가능한 필터안착부가 홈부의 형상으로 형성되는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device, wherein a filter seating portion on which the filter portion can be seated is formed in the shape of a groove at one end adjacent to the receiving portion.
  12. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 본체부는,The main body part,
    일측에 개구부가 형성되며 내부가 중공인 수용본체; 및An opening is formed on one side and the receiving body is hollow on the inside; and
    상기 수용본체의 내주면 둘레와 면접촉하며 이동가능하고, 상기 제1 공간과 상기 제2 공간을 연통시키는 연통 유로가 형성되는 제1 구획부;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device comprising: a first compartment that is movable and in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the receiving body, and in which a communication passage connecting the first space and the second space is formed.
  13. 제12항에 있어서,According to clause 12,
    상기 제1 구획부는,The first compartment,
    상기 본체부의 내주면과 면접촉하며, 상기 제1 공간과 상기 제2 공간 사이에 배치되는 구획본체; 및a compartment main body in surface contact with the inner peripheral surface of the main body portion and disposed between the first space and the second space; and
    상기 플런저부와 마주보는 상기 구획본체의 일면과 면접촉하는 필름부;를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.A drug injection device comprising a film portion in surface contact with one surface of the compartment main body facing the plunger portion.
  14. 제12항에 있어서,According to clause 12,
    상기 플런저부는,The plunger part,
    상기 제1 구획부 측 방향으로 전진함에 따라, 상기 필름부를 관통가능한 니들을 포함하는 제1 플런저;를 포함하며,A first plunger including a needle capable of penetrating the film portion as it advances toward the first compartment,
    상기 니들은 상기 연통 유로와 길이 방향 중심축을 공유하는 것을 특징으로 하는 약물 주입 장치.The drug injection device is characterized in that the needle shares a longitudinal central axis with the communication passage.
PCT/KR2023/012662 2022-08-28 2023-08-25 Medicament delivery device WO2024049121A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263401705P 2022-08-28 2022-08-28
US63/401,705 2022-08-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024049121A1 true WO2024049121A1 (en) 2024-03-07

Family

ID=90098343

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2023/012662 WO2024049121A1 (en) 2022-08-28 2023-08-25 Medicament delivery device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024049121A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10305097A (en) * 1997-05-08 1998-11-17 Daikyo Seiko:Kk Syringe assembly for container in combination with double medicine separation type syringe
JP2011506007A (en) * 2007-12-19 2011-03-03 サノフィ−アベンティス・ドイチュラント・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Dual chamber injection device with gas permeable membrane
KR20140017947A (en) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-12 조희민 Double syringe for mixing of materials separate kept
KR20170122938A (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-07 주식회사대경피앤씨 Apparatus for Mixing Different Contents and Assembling Method Thereof
KR20190051948A (en) * 2016-07-19 2019-05-15 칼릴 마흐무드 아부 알-럽 Syringe plunger and syringe

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10305097A (en) * 1997-05-08 1998-11-17 Daikyo Seiko:Kk Syringe assembly for container in combination with double medicine separation type syringe
JP2011506007A (en) * 2007-12-19 2011-03-03 サノフィ−アベンティス・ドイチュラント・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Dual chamber injection device with gas permeable membrane
KR20140017947A (en) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-12 조희민 Double syringe for mixing of materials separate kept
KR20170122938A (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-07 주식회사대경피앤씨 Apparatus for Mixing Different Contents and Assembling Method Thereof
KR20190051948A (en) * 2016-07-19 2019-05-15 칼릴 마흐무드 아부 알-럽 Syringe plunger and syringe

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019212189A1 (en) Nozzle of cleaner
WO2021091228A1 (en) Helmet front cover, helmet shell, and helmet comprising same
WO2020027524A1 (en) Vacuum cleaner nozzle
WO2024049121A1 (en) Medicament delivery device
WO2022119089A1 (en) Vehicle gear knob
WO2021071348A1 (en) Container cap and container having same coupled thereto
WO2020027500A1 (en) Modular fluid chip and fluid flow system comprising same
WO2021086046A1 (en) Liquid medicine push device and liquid medicine injection device including same
WO2021118282A2 (en) Liquid medicine injection device
WO2022075580A1 (en) Vacuum cleaner
WO2020159022A1 (en) Endoscope coupling device
WO2023244064A1 (en) Insertion apparatus for analyte monitoring apparatus
WO2018044095A1 (en) Band, control device, and band adjustment device
WO2022124495A1 (en) Spray device
WO2020027567A1 (en) Tumbler for preparing beverage and additive-storing capsule therefor
WO2022114707A1 (en) Aerosol-generating device
WO2019093804A1 (en) Membrane for electroosmotic pump and electroosmotic pump comprising same
WO2022025578A1 (en) Light path control member and display device comprising same
WO2024043561A1 (en) Ultrasonic handpiece
WO2024010286A1 (en) Dispenser and dispensing device comprising container
WO2024043650A1 (en) Foley catheter support tube assembly
WO2021230433A1 (en) Hair dryer
WO2023085548A1 (en) Composite filter and water purifier including same
WO2024111900A1 (en) Cooking apparatus
WO2022231348A1 (en) Aerosol-generating device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23860798

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1